8540 SM

Service Manual
DIGITAL COLOR LASER MFP

CLX-8540ND
High-Speed Single-Path Color A4 MFP
38 / 38 ppm Network-ready CMFP
20K/15K Black/Color toner
30K CMYK Imaging unit
100K ITB
Paper handling
: Up to 3 x 500sh Cassette + 100sh MP
: Finisher with stapler and offset stacking
: 100sh DADF
160 GB HDD
High Performance CCDM
Easy to install ( CRU & Option )
Color Graphic Touch-Screen LCD
Low Cost per Page
Direct USB
Giga-bit Network
S/W Option
: N/W Scan Enabler (Scan to Email/FTP/SMB/Client)
: SmarThru Workfow
T
h
e

k
e
y
n
o
t
e

o
f

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. September. 2009
Printed in Korea.
VERSION NO. : 1.00 CODE : 8540-0000E
GSPN (Global Service Partner Network)
North America : service.samsungportal.com
Latin America : latin.samsungportal.com
CIS : cis.samsungportal.com
Europe : europe.samsungportal.com
China : china.samsungportal.com
Asia : asia.samsungportal.com
Mideast & Africa : mea.samsungportal.com
1.1 Safety warning 1-1
1.2 Caution for safety 1-2
1.3 ESD precautions 1-5
2.1 Product summary 2-1
2.2 Specifcations 2-3
2.2.1 General print engine 2-3
2.2.2 Controller & S/W 2-3
2.2.3 Scan 2-6
2.2.4 Copy 2-7
2.2.5 Fax 2-8
2.2.6 Paper handling 2-10
2.2.7 Consumables (CRU : customer replacement unit) 2-14
2.2.8 Maintenance parts (FRU : feld replacement unit) 2-15
2.2.9 Service & Environment 2-15
2.2.10 Options 2-16
2.2.11 Model comparison 2-17
2.3 System overview 2-18
2.3.1 System confguration 2-21
2.3.2 H/W confguration 2-22
2.3.3 Mechanic confguration 2-40
2.3.4 Control panel 2-52
2.3.5 Graphic user interface overview 2-56
3.1 Maintenance 3-1
chapter 1 Precautions
chapter 2 Product overview
Contents
chapter 3 Maintenance and disassembly
3.1.1 Precautions on maintenance 3-1
3.1.2 Check the consumables life 3-2
3.1.3 Consumables (CRU : customer replacement unit) 3-3
3.1.4 Replacing the consumables. 3-4
3.1.5 Maintenance parts (FRU : feld replacement unit) 3-8
3.1.6 Location of maintenance parts 3-10
3.1.7 Replacing the maintenance parts 3-11
3.1.8 Cleaning the machine 3-22
3.2 Disassembly and reassembly 3-28
3.2.1 General precautions on disassembly 3-28
3.2.2 General disassembly 3-33
3.2.2.1 Cover 3-34
3.2.2.2 DADF Unit 3-35
3.2.2.3 OPE 3-37
3.2.2.4 Scan Assy 3-38
3.2.2.5 Video board 3-44
3.2.2.6 Engine Board 3-45
3.2.2.7 SMPS board and FDB board 3-46
3.2.2.8 Main Drive Unit 3-47
3.2.2.9 Deve Drive Unit 3-49
3.2.2.10 Fuser Drive Unit 3-49
3.2.2.11 LSU 3-50
3.2.2.12 HVPS board 3-52
3.2.2.13 Side Duplex 3-54
3.2.2.14 ACR/CTD Sensor 3-57
3.2.2.15 Duplex Sensor 3-59
3.2.2.16 Exit Sensor 3-60
3.2.2.17 Feed Sensor 3-61
3.2.2.18 Regi Sensor 3-62
3.2.2.19 WTB Full Sensor 3-63
3.2.2.20 1-bin Finisher 3-65
Contents
3.2.2.21 Mail box 3-70
3.2.2.22 2-Bin Finisher 3-74
3.2.3 Boards and Connectors 3-79
4.1 Paper jam 4-1
4.1.1 Paper jam and clearing intruction 4-2
4.2 Firmware upgrade 4-18
4.2.1 Using the common method 4-18
4.2.2 F/W upgrade using SWAS (syncthru web admin service) 4-19
4.3 Diagnostic mode (Tech mode) 4-22
4.3.1 Diagnostic mode menu 4-22
4.3.2 Diagnostics menu map 4-24
4.3.3 Information tab 4-25
4.3.4 Fault history tab 4-29
4.3.5 Test routines tab 4-31
4.4 Troubleshooting 4-65
4.4.1 Procedure of checking the symptoms 4-65
4.4.2 Error code and message 4-66
4.4.3 Troubleshooting for error code 4-72
4.4.4 Image quality problems and solutions 4-167
4.4.5 Abnormal image printing and defective roller 4-209
4.4.6 Other errors 4-212
5.1 Block diagram 5-1
5.1.1 Video controller 5-1
5.1.2 Engin controller 5-2
5.1.3 OPE unit 5-3
5.1.4 DADF 5-4
chapter 4 Troubleshooting
Contents
chapter 5 System diagram
Contents
5.1.5 SCF/HCF 5-5
5.2 Connection diagram 5-6
5.2.1 Video controller 5-6
5.2.2 Engin controller 5-7
5.2.3 OPE unit 5-8
5.2.4 DADF 5-9
5.2.5 SCF/HCF 5-10
6.1 Tool for troubleshooting 6-1
6.2 Acronyms and abbreviations 6-2
6.2.1 Acronyms 6-2
6.2.2 Service parts 6-4
6.3 A4 ISO 19798 standard pattern 6-8
6.4 Model information 6-13
6.4.1 Understanding for model code 6-13
6.4.2 Understanding material code & name 6-14
chapter 6 Reference information
Precautions
Service Manual
1-1
Samsung Electronics
In order to prevent accidents and damages to the equipment please read the precautions listed below
carefully before servicing the product and follow them closely.
1.1 Safety warning
(1) Only to be serviced by appropriately qualifed service technician.
High voltages and lasers inside this product are dangerous. This product should only be serviced by a
qualifed service technician.
(2) Use only Samsung replacement parts.
There are no user serviceable parts inside the product. Do not make any unauthorized changes or
additions to the product as these could cause the product to malfunctions and create an electric shocks
or fre hazards.
(3) Laser Safety Statement
The product is certifed in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR, chapter 1
Subchapter J for Class 1(1) laser products, and elsewhere, it is certifed as a Class I laser product con-
forming to the requirements of IEC 825. Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The
laser system and product are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a
Class I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service condition.
Warning >> Never operate or service the product with the protective cover removed from Laser/Scanner
assembly. The refected beam, although invisible, can damage your eyes.
When using this product, these basic safety pre-cautions should always be followed to reduce
risk of fre, electric shock, and personal injury.
1. Precautions
Precautions
Service Manual
1-2
Samsung Electronics
1.2 Caution for safety
1.2.1 Toxic material
This product contains toxic materials that could cause illness if ingested.
(1) If the LCD control panel is damaged, it is possible for the liquid inside to leak. This liquid is toxic.
Contact with the skin should be avoided. Wash any splashes from eyes or skin immediately and contact
your doctor. If the liquid gets into the mouth or is swallowed, see a doctor immediately.
(2) Please keep imaging unit and toner cartridge away from children. The toner powder contained in the
imaging unit and toner cartridge may be harmful, and if swallowed, you should contact a doctor.
1.2.2 Electric shock and fre safety precautions
Failure to follow the following instructions could cause electric shock or potentially cause a fre.
(1) Use only the correct voltage, failure to do so could damage the product and potentially cause a fre or
electric shock.
(2) Use only the power cable supplied with the product. Use of an incorrectly specifed cable could cause the
cable to overheat and potentially cause a fre.
(3) Do not overload the power socket, this could lead to overheating of the cables inside the wall and could
lead to a fre.
(4) Do not allow water or other liquids to spill into the product, this can cause electric shock. Do not allow
paper clips, pins or other foreign objects to fall into the product, these could cause a short circuit leading
to an electric shock or fre hazard.
(5) Never touch the plugs on either end of the power cable with wet hands, this can cause electric shock.
When servicing the product, remove the power plug from the wall socket.
(6) Use caution when inserting or removing the power connector. When removing the power connector, grip it
frmly and pull. The power connector must be inserted completely, otherwise a poor contact could cause
overheating possibly leading to a fre.
(7) Take care of the power cable. Do not allow it to become twisted, bent sharply around corners or wise
damaged. Do not place objects on top of the power cable. If the power cable is damaged it could overheat
and cause a fre. Exposed cables could cause an electric shock. Replace the damaged power cable
immediately, do not reuse or repair the damaged cable. Some chemicals can attack the coating on the
power cable, weakening the cover or exposing cables causing fre and shock risks.
(8) Ensure that the power sockets and plugs are not cracked or broken in any way. Any such defects should
be repaired immediately. Take care not to cut or damage the power cable or plugs when moving the
machine.
(9) Use caution during thunder or lightning storms. Samsung recommends that this machine be disconnected
from the power source when such weather conditions are expected. Do not touch the machine or the
power cord if it is still connected to the wall socket in these weather conditions.
(10) Avoid damp or dusty areas, install the product in a clean well ventilated location. Do not position the
machine near a humidifer or in front of an air conditioner. Moisture and dust built up inside the machine
can lead to overheating and cause a fre or cause parts to rust.
(11) Do not position the product in direct sunlight. This will cause the temperature inside the product to rise
possibly leading to the product failing to work properly and in extreme conditions could lead to a fre.
(12) Do not insert any metal objects into the machine through the ventilator fan or other part of the casing, it
could make contact with a high voltage conductor inside the machine and cause an electric shock.
Precautions
Service Manual
1-3
Samsung Electronics
1.2.3 Handling precautions
The following instructions are for your own personal safety to avoid injury and so as not to damage the
product.
(1) Ensure the product is installed on a level surface, capable of supporting its weight. Failure to do so could
cause the product to tip or fall.
(2) The product contains many rollers, gears and fans. Take great care to ensure that you do not catch your
fngers, hair or clothing in any of these rotating devices.
(3) Do not place any small metal objects, containers of water, chemicals or other liquids close to the product
which if spilled could get into the machine and cause damage or a shock or fre hazard.
(4) Do not install the machine in areas with high dust or moisture levels, beside on open window or close to a
humidifer or heater. Damage could be caused to the product in such areas.
(5) Do not place candles, burning cigarettes, etc on the product, These could cause a fre.
1.2.4 Assembly / Disassembly precautions
Replace parts carefully and always use Samsung parts. Take care to note the exact location of parts and also
cable routing before dismantling any part of the machine. Ensure all parts and cables are replaced correctly.
Please carry out the following procedures before dismantling the product or replacing any parts.
(1) Check the contents of the machine memory and make a note of any user settings. These will be erased if
the main board or network card is replaced.
(2) Ensure that power is disconnected before servicing or replacing any electrical parts.
(3) Disconnect interface cables and power cables.
(4) Only use approved spare parts. Ensure that part number, product name, any voltage, current or
temperature rating are correct.
(5) When removing or re-ftting any parts do not use excessive force, especially when ftting screws into
plastic.
(6) Take care not to drop any small parts into the machine.
(7) Handling of the OPC Drum
- The OPC Drum can be irreparably damaged if it exposed to light.
Take care not to expose the OPC Drum either to direct sunlight or to fuorescent or incandescent room
lighting. Exposure for as little as 5 minutes can damage the surface of the photoconductive properties
and will result in print quality degradation. Take extra care when servicing the product. Remove the OPC
Drum and store it in a black bag or other lightproof container. Take care when working with the Covers
(especially the top cover) open as light is admitted to the OPC area and can damage the OPC Drum.
- Take care not to scratch the green surface of OPC Drum Unit.
If the green surface of the Drum Cartridge is scratched or touched the print quality will be compromised.
Precautions
Service Manual
1-4
Samsung Electronics
1.2.5 Disregarding this warning may cause bodily injury
(1) Be careful with high temperature components.
The fuser unit works at a high temperature. Use caution when working on the product. Wait for the fuser
to cool down before disassembly.
(2) Do not put fnger or hair into the rotating parts.
When operating a product, do not put hand or hair into the rotating parts (Paper feeding entrance, motor,
fan, etc.).
(3) When moving the product :
- When transporting/installing the equipment, employ four persons and be sure to hold the lifting handles.
- Be sure not to hold the movable parts or units (e.g. the control panel, DADF) when transporting the
equipment.
- Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with 110V/220V power input.
- The equipment must be grounded for safety.
- Select a suitable place for installation. Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and direct
sunlight.
- Provide proper ventilation since the equipment emits a slight amount of ozone.
- The equipment must be installed near the socket outlet and must be accessible.
- Be sure to fx and plug in the power cable securely after the installation so that no one trips over it.
Precautions
Service Manual
1-5
Samsung Electronics
1.3 ESD precautions
Certain semiconductor devices can be easily damaged by static electricity. Such components are commonly
called Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices or ESDs. Examples of typical ESDs are: integrated
circuits,some feld effect transistors, and semiconductor chip components.
The techniques outlined below should be followed to help reduce the incidence of component damage
caused by static electricity.
Caution >>Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit, and observe all other safety precautions.
1. Immediately before handling a semiconductor component or semiconductor-equipped assembly, drain
off any electrostatic charge on your body by touching a known earth ground. Alternatively, employ a
commercially available wrist strap device, which should be removed for your personal safety reasons prior
to applying power to the unit under test.
2. After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ESDs, place the assembly on a conductive surface,
such as aluminum or copper foil, or conductive foam, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup in the vicinity
of the assembly.
3. Use only a grounded tip soldering iron to solder or desolder ESDs.
4. Use only an anti-static solder removal device. Some solder removal devices not classifed as anti-static
can generate electrical charges suffcient to damage ESDs.
5. Do not use Freon-propelled chemicals. When sprayed, these can generate electrical charges suffcient to
damage ESDs.
6. Do not remove a replacement ESD from its protective packaging until immediately before installing it.
Most replacement ESDs are packaged with all leads shorted together by conductive foam, aluminum foil,
or a comparable conductive material.
7. Immediately before removing the protective shorting material from the leads of a replacement ESD, touch
the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be installed.
8. Maintain continuous electrical contact between the ESD and the assembly into which it will be installed,
until completely plugged or soldered into the circuit.
9. Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged replacement ESDs. Normal motions, such as
the brushing together of clothing fabric and lifting ones foot from a carpeted foor, can generate static
electricity suffcient to damage an ESD.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-1
Samsung Electronics
2.1 Product Summary
38 / 38 ppm Network-ready CMFP
20K/15K Black/Color toner
30K CMYK Imaging unit
100K ITB
Machine Life : 1,000K or 5 Years
Paper handling
: Maximum 2,720 Sheets Paper Capacity
: Finisher with stapler and offset stacking
: 100sh DADF
160 GB HDD
High Performance CCDM
Easy to install ( CRU & Option )
Color Graphic Touch-Screen LCD
Low Cost per Page
Direct USB
Giga-bit Network
2. Product Overview
High-Speed Single-Path Color A4 MFP
Document Management Center Machine for Mid & Large Workgroup
Click Charge Business model
for Customers
Additional Reseller Revenue
via Supplies & Service Contract
Color Touch Screen UI
Easy Installable Set & Options
High Performance & Fully
Featured CMFP with
Competitive TCO
Simple Jam Recovery Features
Automatic Toner Ordering
Systems
Durability better than
Competitions
Reliability Comparable to A3
copiers
Document Management &
Workfow Solutions
Device Administrative & Job
Accounting Solutions
Low Operational Cost Highly Effcient Features
Click-Charge Model Ease of Maintenance
Ease of Use Durability & Reliability
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-2
Samsung Electronics
Enhanced Features H/W
Enhanced Features S/W
Up to 38 cpm(Color/Mono) in A4
1,200 X 1,200 dpi effective output
1~999 page multi copy
500 Sheet Cassette Std.
Max 2,550 Sheets High Capacity
100 Sheet Multi Purpose Tray
100 Sheet DADF
1 Bin Finisher
(Offset Stacker / 50 Sheet Stapler)
2-bin Finisher
(Offset Stacker / 50 Sheet Stapler)
4-Bin Stacker
Direct Scan to Client
Scan to Email / FTP / SMB / HDD
SmarThru Workfow (Option)(Scan to
Application, OCR, Printer)
4,800 x 4,800 dpi
256 levels gray scale
Duplex Scan
Form Overlay Printing
e-Form printing
Font downloading
SyncThru Web Admin Service
SyncThru Plug-in Application
SyncThru Web Service
Up to 38 ppm(Color/Mono) in A4
9600 Digital Image quality
PCL5ce, PCL6, PS3, PDF1.4
High Speed USB 2.0 & 10/100/1000
base TX Ethernet
Network Print / Duplex Print
Print Job with HDD(Secure, Delay,
Proof, Job Store)
Authentication (LDAP)
Secure / Confdential Printing
IP Address Filtering
Time / Date / ID Stamp
33.6 Kbps modem speed
HDD for Fax Memory
Max 100 group dials (Max locations
per 1 Group: 200 locations)
Caller ID
Color Fax Available
SmarThru Offce & SmarThru Workfow
Capturing of Stored Document &
Distributions of Documents
Job Records Information (Print/Copy/
Scan/Fax)
User based History tracking
SNMP Job Accounting Access from
SWAS
Print/Copy/Scan/Fax log tracking
(HDD, Server)
Digital Copying
Scan Solution
N/W Color Scanning
Storage
N/W Management
Laser Printing
Security
Fax (Optional)
Document Management
Job Accounting
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-3
Samsung Electronics
2.2.1 General Print Engine
Item Description
Engine Speed Simplex B&W: Up to 38 ppm in A4 (40 ppm in Letter)
Color: Up to 38 ppm in A4 (40 ppm in Letter)
Duplex B&W: Up to 33 ppm in A4 (35 ppm in Letter)
Color: Up to 33 ppm in A4 (35 ppm in Letter)
FPOT (B&W
and Color)
From Ready Less than 14 sec
From Idle Less than 45 sec(depends on ACR, CTD, or Color tuning, maximum
60 sec.)
From Coldboot Less than 85 sec
Resolution Optical 600 x 600 dpi
Enhanced Up to 9,600 x 600 dpi effective output
Printer Languages PCL5C, PCL6, PostScript Level3, PDF 1.4, KS/KSSM(Only for Korea)
Fonts PCL:45 scalable, 1 bitmap , PS:136
Downloadable Fonts Yes (PCL & PS3 S/W Font)
Print Job
(with HDD)
Secure Printing Yes(Common for Windows, Linux, Mac)
Delayed Printing Yes(Common for Windows, Linux, Mac)
Proof printing Yes(Common for Windows, Linux, Mac)
Spool Yes(Common for Windows, Linux, Mac)
Job Store Yes(Common for Windows, Linux, Mac)
Form overlays - Max number of overlays can be stored: Up to 100 Form
- Managed in EWS(JMS)
- Multi selection (1st overlay in 1st page, 2nd overlay in 2nd page)
2.2 Specifcations
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-4
Samsung Electronics
2.2.2 Controller & S/W
Item Description
Processor MPU SPGPv4 800Mhz
Image Processor SPGPv4 for printing image, CIP6 for scan image, J4e for Engine
DRAM Std. 1280MB (MAIN 1024MB, FIXED 256MB)
Max. 2304MB (Option DDR: 1024MB)
Memory Expansion 1 DDR2 SODIMM Slots (Option Memory: 1024MB DDR2)
Storage(Std.) 160GB HDD
Printer driver Supporting OS [Windows]
- Windows 2000/XP (32/64bit)/2003(32/64bit)/Vista(32/64bit)
[Linux]
- RedHat 8.0 ~ 9.0
- Fedora Core 1~4
- Madrake 9.2 ~ 10.1
- SuSE 8.2 ~ 9.2
[Mac]
- Mac OS X 10.3~10.5
Default Driver PCL6 (For Windows), PS (for Mac, Linux)
Driver feature [Windows]
- Watermark, Overlay, N-up printing, Poster printing
- Duplex, Quality, Color mode (Color, Gray scale)
- Support Color spec., Device color, color management
[Mac/Linux]
- N-up printing, Duplex, Quality
- Color mode (Color, Gray scale)
WHQL Windows 2000/XP(include 64bit)/2003/Vista
Language Localization English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Korean, Russian,
Brazilian Portuguese
Scan driver TWAIN Yes (N/W and USB)
WIA Yes (USB Only)
Supporting OS [Windows]
- Windows 2000/XP(32/64bit)/2003/Vista(32/64bit)
[Linux]
- RedHat 8 ~ 9
- Fedora Core 1~4
- Madrake 9.2 ~ 10.1
- SuSE 8.2 ~ 9.2
[Mac]
- Mac OS 10.3~10.5
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-5
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
Application Network Scan (Client) Yes
PC-FAX Yes
NW-FAX Yes (Supported through SmarThru Offce)
OCR ReadIRIS
Smart Panel Yes (Install default: Windows, Linux, Mac)
Network Management Set IP, SWAS 5.0 & SWS
- Job Accounting, Storage management, Cloning, Remote Install

* Supported Web Browser:
- IE 5.5 or higher
- FireFox 1.5 or higher
- Safari 1.3 or higher
HDD File
Management S/W
N/A
SmarThru Smarthru Offce v2.0, SmarThru Workfow v2.0 (Workfow is
optional)
Interface Parallel (IEEE 1284) No
USB High-Speed USB 2.0 Host (1Channel)
* Use:
- Option enable Key (Jscribe)
- Scan to USB
- USB direct printing
- F/W down load for system upgrade
- Card Reader w/ Jscribe
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 Peripheral (1Channel)
Wired LAN Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base TX
Foreign Device
Interface (FDI)
Optional
Network
Interface
Network OS [Windows]
- Microsoft Windows
2000/XP(32/64bits)/2003(32/64bits)/Vista(32/64bits)
[Mac]
- Mac OS 10.3~10.5
[Linux]
- RedHat 8 ~ 9
- Fedora Core 1~4
- Madrake 9.2 ~ 10.1
- SuSE 8.2 ~ 9.2
[Novell]
- Netware 5.x, 6.x(TCP/IP Only)
[Others]
- Unix(HP-UX,Solaris,SunOS, SCO)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-6
Samsung Electronics
2.2.3 Scan
Item Description
Scan method Color CCDM
Compatibility TWAIN(USB & N/W), WIA(Only for USB)
Color Mode Mono / Gray / Color
Scan Speed B/W (Lineart,
Halftone)
35ipm @ 300dpi (Under P2.8GHz, 512M, USB2.0, 300dpi, Letter)
Gray 35ipm @ 300dpi (Under P2.8GHz, 512M, USB2.0, 300dpi, Letter)
Color 33ipm @ 300dpi (Under P2.8GHz, 512M, USB2.0, 300dpi, Letter)
Resolution Optical 600 x 600ppi
Enhanced 4,800 x 4,800ppi
Halftone 256 levels
Scan Size Max. Document Width Max.216mm(8.5)
Effective Scan Width Max 208mm(8.2inch)
Max. Document Length Max.356mm (Legal)
Scan Depth Color 24bits
Mono - 1bit for Linearity & Halftone
- 8Bits for Gray scale
Scan-to HDD Yes
USB Yes
Email Yes
Client(NetScan) Yes
SMB Yes
*Color Mode : B/W, Gray, Color
*Format : PDF(Color,Gray,B/W), Single-Tiff,Multi-Tiff (Color,Gray,B/
W), JPEG(Gray,Color)
*Resolution : Color(100,200,300),
Gray(100,200,300),
B/W(100,200,300,400,600)
FTP
HTTP(S) No
Item Description
Protocol * TCP/IP :
TCP/IPv4, HTTP, SNMPv1/v2c/V3, LDAP, SMTP, SSL/TLS,
IPSec
IP Addressing Static IP, Auto IP, BOOTP, DHCP
SNMP/MIB Access Host Resource MIB(RFC 2790), Printer MIB(RFC 3805)
Finisher MIB(RFC(3806), Samsung private MIB, SNMP Trap
User Interface LCD 800 x 480 7 inch TFT WVGA Color graphic LCD with Touch-
Screen, 16bit color
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-7
Samsung Electronics
2.2.4 Copy
Item Description
Copy Speed
(DADF)
Single Document
Multiple Copy
Color Simplex : up to 38 cpm in A4 (40 cpm in Letter)
Mono Simplex: up to 38 cpm in A4 (40 cpm in Letter)
Color Duplex : up to 33 cpm in A4 (35 cpm in Letter)
Mono Duplex : up to 33 cpm in A4 (35 cpm in Letter)
Multiple
Document
Multiple Copy
Color Simplex : up to 33 cpm in A4 (35 cpm in Letter)
Mono Simplex: up to 38 cpm in A4 (40 cpm in Letter)
Color Duplex : up to 16 cpm in A4 (16 cpm in Letter)
Mono Duplex : up to 24 cpm in A4 (25 cpm in Letter)
FCOT
(B&W and Color)
From Ready Less than 13 sec
From Idle 45 sec ~ 60 sec Max. (depends on ACR, CTD, or Color tuning)
From Coldboot Less than 85 sec
Zoom Range 25% ~ 400% in 1% increments (Platen)
25% ~ 100% in 1% increments (DADF)
Multi Copy 1~999
Original Type Text Platen: Scan 600x600dpi , Printing 600x600dpi
DADF: Scan 300x300dpi, Printing 600x600dpi
Text/Photo Platen: Scan 600x600dpi, Printing 600x600dpi
Megazine Platen: Scan 600x600dpi , Printing 600x600dpi
Photo Platen: Scan 600x600dpi, Printing 1200x1200dpi
Reduce & Enlarge * Zoom Range : 25% to 400% in Platen, 25% to 200% in ADF
* Preset
[Original(100%)]
[Auto Fit]
[A4 A5(71%)]
[LGLLTR(78%)]
[LGLA4(83%)]
[A4LTR(94%)]
[EXELTR(104%)]
[A5 A4(141%)]
25%, 50%,150%, 200%, 400%
[Custom:25-400%)]
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-8
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
Duplex Copy Using Platen
- 11Sided
- 12Sided
Using DADF
- 11Sided
- 12Sided Short,
- 12Sided Long,
- 21Sided
- 21Sided, Rotate Side2
- 22Sided
2.2.5 FAX
Item Description
Compatibility ITU-T G3
Communication System PSTN/PABX
Modem Speed 33.6Kbps
TX Speed 3sec (Mono/Standard/ECM-MMR, ITU-T G3 No.1 Chart)
Compression MH/MR/MMR/JBIG/JPEG
Color Fax Yes
ECM Yes
Resolution
(Mono)
Std 203*98dpi
Fine 203*196dpi
S.Fine Photo 300*300dpi
S.Fine 406*392dpi
Resolution
(Color)
Std 200*200dpi
Fine 200*200dpi
S.Fine 200*200dpi
Scan speed Std 1.5sec/LTR
Fine 4sec/LTR
S.Fine Depends on Document
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-9
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
Telephone
Features
Handset No
On hook Dial Yes
Search Yes(Phone Book)
Speed Dial 200 locations
Group Dial Max. 100 Groups (Max. locations per 1 Group : 200 locations)
TAD I/F Yes
Tone/Pulse Yes
Pause Yes
Auto Redial Yes
Last Number Redial Yes
Distinctive Ring Yes
Caller ID Yes (Only for Korea w/ Offceware
Available from October)
External Phone
Interface
Yes
Functions Mail Box Yes
Voice Request No
TTI Yes
RTI Yes
Polling Yes
Earth/Recall No
Auto Reduction Yes
SMS No
Multi-send Same as Group Dial Capacity.
Delayed Send Yes
Memory RX Yes
Relay Transmission
(ITU-T Mail Box)
Yes
Priority Transmission Yes
Batch Transmission Yes
Report & List
Print out
Tx/Rx Journal Yes
Confrmation 2 types available (with Image TCR, w/o image TCR,Mono Only)
Auto Dial List Yes
System Data List List all user setting
Sound Control Ring Volume Yes(Off,Low,MED,HIGH)
Key Volume Yes(On,Off)
Speaker Yes(On,Off)
Alarm Volume Yes(On,Off)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-10
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
Junk Fax barrier Yes
Security Receive Yes
Battery Backup Permanently stored on HDD
Duplex Send Yes
Receive Yes
Receive Mode Fax, TEL, Ans/Fax
FAX Memory HDD Store, 500 Jobs
Fax Forward to FAX Yes(On/Off), both Sent and Received
Fax Forward to e-mail Yes
Broadcasting up to 209 locations
Cover page No
Fax-to HDD Yes
USB No
Fax Yes
Email Yes
Client No
SMB Yes
FTP Yes
HTTP(S) No
2.2.6 Paper Handling
Item Description
Standard Capa. - Tray 1,2,3
500 multi-page for plain paper 80 g/
[20 lb(75 g/) bond 520 sheets]
- MP tray
100 multi-page for plain paper 80 g/
(20 lb bond)
- HCF
1,950 multi-page for plain paper 80 g/
[20 lb(75 g/) bond 2,100 sheets]
Max. Input
Capa.
MP + 3 Tray 1,600 sheets @ 80g/
MP + 1 Tray + HCF 2,550 sheets @ 80g/
Printing Max. Size 216 x 1,200mm (8.5 x 47.2), Banner zise
Min. Size 98 x 148 mm (3.85x5.83)
Margin(T/B/L/R) 4 mm, 4 mm, 4 mm, 4 mm
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-11
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
Bypass Tray Capacity Plain paper:100 sheets
Transparency:20 sheets
Envelopes:10 sheets
Labels:10 sheets
Media sizes 98 x 148 mm (3.85 x 5.83) ~ 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14)
Banner Size Printing : 216mm x 1,200mm
Media type Printer Default, Plain Paper, Thick Paper, Thin Paper, Bond
Paper, Color Paper, CardStock, Labels, Transparency, Envelope,
Preprinted, Cotton, Recycled Paper, Archive
Media weight 16~58lb (60 to 220g/)
Sensing Paper empty sensor
Standard
Cassette
Tray
Capacity 500 sheets @ 80g/
Media sizes Letter, Legal, Ofcio, Folio, A4, JIS B5, ISO B5, Executive, A5,
Statement, A6, PostCard 4x6, Envelope B5, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope COM-10, Envelope DL, Envelope C5, Envelope C6,
Custom
Media types Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Bond, Punched, Pre-Printed, Recycled,
Envelope, Transparency, Label, CardStock, Letterhead,Thick,Cotto
n,Colored,Archive
Media weight Plain Paper : 60~90g/(16~24 lb)
Thick Paper : 90~120 g/
Thin Paper : 60g/(16 lb)
Bond : 105~120g/(28~32 lb)
Punched : 60~90g/(16~24 lb)
Pre-Printed : 60~90g/(16~24 lb)
Recycled : 75~90g/(20~24 lb)
Envelope : 75~90g/
Transparency : 138~146g/(16~24 lb)
Label : 120~150g/
CardStock : 120~163g/
Letterhead : 90g/ cotton paper
Sensing H/W Install Detect: Yes
Paper Empty & Low Level Detect: Yes
Paper Type Detect: No
Paper Size Detect: Yes
Optional
Cassette
Tray(SCF)
Media sizes Letter, Legal, Ofcio, Folio, A4, JIS B5, ISO B5, Executive, A5,
Statement, A6, PostCard 4x6, Envelope B5, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope COM-10, Envelope DL, Envelope C5, Envelope C6,
Custom
Envelope, Transparency, Label, CardStock, Letterhead,Thick,Cotto
n,Colored,Archive
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-12
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
Bond : 105~120g/(28~32 lb)
Punched : 60~90g/(16~24 lb)
Recycled : 90~108g/(20~24 lb)
Envelope : 75~90g/
Transparency : 138~146g/
Label : 120~150g/
CardStock : 120~163g/
Paper Empty & Low Level Detect: Yes
Optional,
High-Capacity
Feeder (HCF)
Media sizes A5, A4 to Legal, Folio, Ofcio, Exe
Letterhead
Bond : 105~120g/(28~32 lb)
Punched : 60~90g/(16~24 lb)
Recycled : 75~90g/(20~24 lb)
Paper Level Detect: Yes - Empty, 4 Level
Output Stacking 500 sheets @ 20lb (80g/)
Output Full sensing Yes
1 Bin Finisher Capacity 500 sheets @ 20lb (80g/)
Offset Stacking Yes
Stapling Method 1 Position
Sensing Output Full sensing: Yes
Cartridge Empty Detect : Yes
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-13
Samsung Electronics
Item Description
2 Bin Finisher Capacity FaceUp N/A
FaceDown Main Tray : 500 sheets@20lb (80g/)
Top Tray : 100 sheets @20lb (80g /)
Offset Stacking Yes
Stapling Method 1 Position
Sensing Output Full sensing : Yes
Cartridge Empty Detect : Yes
4 Bin Finisher Capacity FaceUp N/A
FaceDown 400 sheets @ 20lb (80g /) : 100 sheets/Bin
Offset Stacking N/A
Output Full sensing Yes
ADF Capacity 100 sheets ( 20lb, 75 g/)
2-sided Document
Scanning
Yes (Reversing)
Document Size Width : 145 ~ 216mm (5.7~8.5)
Length : 145 ~ 356mm (5.7 ~ 14.0) for Single page scan
145 ~ 400mm (5.7 ~ 15.7) for Multi pages scan
Bank Check Scan : 69.6mm x 152.4mm
Document Weight 12.5~28lb
Note : Please use the proper media in the specifcation table. If not, the print quality problem or the printer
jam will occur.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-14
Samsung Electronics
2.2.7 Consumables (CRU : Customer Replacement Unit)
Item Description
No. of CRUs K toner : CLX-K8540A
C toner : CLX-C8540A
M toner : CLX-M8540A
Y toner : CLX-Y8540A
K Imaging unit : CLX-R8540K
C Imaging unit : CLX-R8540C
M Imaging unit : CLX-R8540M
Y Imaging unit : CLX-R8540Y
Waste Toner Box : CLX-W8380A
Toner Black Average Continuous Black Cartridge Yield: 20,000* standard pages
Color Average Continuous Black Cartridge Yield: 15,000* standard pages
Key S-CRUM ver 1.1
Life detect Dot count & T/C Sensor
Replace method User replacable
Imaging unit
(OPC+Deve)
Yield 30,000 pages each CMYK Imaging unit
Key S-CRUM ver 1.1
Sensor page count
Replace method User replacable
Waste Toner
Container
Yield 48,000 images
Key N/A, Full Sensor
Note
Declared yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798.
For ISO/IEC 19798 standard pages, refer to section 3 of chapter 6.
Image counts are based on one color on each page. If you print documents in full color (Yellow, Magenta,
Cyan, Black), the image count will be added by 4 images.
For more information about the consumables, refer to chapter 3.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-15
Samsung Electronics
2.2.8 Maintenance Parts (FRU : Field Replacement Unit)
Item Description
No. of FRUs 10 (ITB, Fuser, T2 Roll, Pick-Up, ADF Rubber, DADF Roller,
MPF Rubber, and Guide Exit Unit, Duplex Cover Filter)
CARTRIDGE - TRANSFER 100,000 sheets
ELA UNIT - FUSER 100,000 sheets
MEA UNIT - TR (T2) 100,000 sheets
MEA UNIT - ROLLER PU 100,000 sheets
MEA-HOLDER ADF RUBBER 50,000 sheets
MEA - PICK UP 200,000 sheets
ELA HOU - MP PICK UP 200,000 sheets
MEA UNIT - HOLDER PAD 50,000 sheets
MEA UNIT - EXIT DUPLEX 100,000 sheets
DUPLEX - COVER FILTER 100,000 sheets
Note : If you want to know more information for the consumables, consult the maintenance chapter.
2.2.9 Service & Environment
Item Description
Recommended Printing
Volume(AMPV)
7,000 sheets/month (60% Color ratio)
Max. Monthly Print Volume 16,666 sheets/month
Max Monthly Duty 100,000 sheets/month
MPBF 100,000 sheets
MTTR 60 minutes
SET Life Cycle 1,000,000 printing pages or 5 years, whichever comes frst
Temperature Operating 10~32 (50~89.6F)
Storage -20~40 (-4~104F)
Humidity Operating 20~80% RH
Storage 10~90% RH
Input Voltage Europe : AC 220-240V(-10%~6%)
USA : AC 110~127V (-10%~6%)
Korea : AC 220-240V(-10%~6%)
Noise Printing
Simplex / Duplex
54dB ( Tray 1 & MP : 54dB / With Optional Tray : 56dB /
With Finisher : 58dB )
Copying
Simplex / Duplex
56dB ( Tray 1 & MP : 57dB / With Optional Tray : 59dB /
With Finisher : 60dB )
Standby 43dB
Sleep 35dB
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-16
Samsung Electronics
2.2.10 Options
Item Model Name Remark
Optional Tray (SCF) SCX-S6555A 2 x 520 sheet Cassette Feeder
Staple SCX-STP000 3 EA x 5000 Staples / package
Memory CLP-MEM400 1024 MB
SmarThru workfow SCX-KIT11S Optional Document Management Server S/W
Fax kit SCX-FAX210 Super G3, Analog Fax Kit
Stand SCX-DSK10S
SCX-DSK10T
Short Type
Tall Type(w/ Cabinet)
FDI SCX-KIT20F Serial Type Foreign Device Interface
Optional Tray (HCF) SCX-HCF100 2,100 sheets High Capacity Feeder
Jscribe SCX-KIT10J JScribe Related S/W Enabler
1Bin Finisher SCX-FIN11S Offset Stacking, 50 sheet Stapler, 500 sheet Stacker
2Bin Finisher SCX-FIN20S Finisher Standard Feature + Top Tray 125 sheets
4Bin Mailbox SCX-MBT40S 400 sheets/4bin -> 100 sheets/bin
Note : If you want to know more information for the consumables, consult the Installation chapter.
* Option Compatibility
SCX-6345N SCX-6555N CLX-8380ND CLX-8540ND
SCX-FIN10S
SCX-FIN11S
SCX-FIN20S
SCX-MBT40S
SCX-FAX210
SCX-S6555A
SCX-HCF100
Item Description
Power
Consumption
Ready < 80 Watt
AVG. < 650 Watt
Max/Peak < 1100 Watt max. / 1500 Watt peak
Sleep/Power Off < 20 Watt / < 1 Watt
Option
MFP
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-17
Samsung Electronics
2.2.11 Model Comparison
Samsung
CLX-8540ND
HP
LJ-4730
Ricoh
Afcio MP C2500(A3)
Konica Minolta
Bizhub C252(A3)
Model
Type A4 Tandem A4 Tandem A3 Tandem A3 Tandem
Speed 38/38ppm(A4) 28/28ppm(A4)
24/24ppm(A4)
/ 12/12ppm(A3)
24/24ppm(A4)
/ 12/12ppm(A3)
FCOT(B/C) 14 sec / 14 sec 10sec / 12sec 6.7sec / 9.7sec 8.4sec / 11.7sec
Emulation PCL6, PS3, PDF1.4 PCL6, PS3, PDF1.4 PCL6, PS3, RPCS PCL6, PS3
Duplex Available (Std)
Scan Res(dpi)
/ Optical Max
600X600
/ 4800x4800
600X600 600X600 600X600
ADF / Capa DADF /100sht ADF / 50sht DADF /50sht DADF(Opt) /50sht
Paper Capa/
CST
500sh + MP 100sh
HCF 1,950sh
Max 2,550sh
500sh x 3 + MP 100sh
Max 1,600sh
500sh x2 + MP 100sh
LCT 1,000sh x2
Max 3,100sh
500sh+MP
250sh+BP100sh
LCT 2,500sh
Max 3,350sh
HDD 160GB Std 40GB Std 40GB Std 40GB Std
Memory (Max) 1GB / 2GB 448MB / 512MB 1GB 512MB
Interface USB 2.0 , N/W USB 2.0 , N/W USB 2.0 , N/W N/W
Rec. Color
AMVP
3.6K 5K-9K 4.2K(Expected) 2.1K(Expected)
Mo. Duty Cycle 100K 175K 150K 75K
Toner /
Imaging unit
BK 20K, C15K / 30K B-12K, C-12K / - B-20K, C-15K / 80K
B20K,C12K /
B70K,C45K
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-18
Samsung Electronics
2.3 System Overview
Front view
The symbol * is a mark for the optional device.
1 DADF cover
2
DADF document width guides
3 DADF document input tray
4 DADF document output tray
5
Scanner lid
6 Control panel
7
Side cover
8 Front cover
9 Multi-purpose tray
10
Tray 1
11 Optiona l tray*
12 Stand*
13
CCD Lock
14 Output support
15 Multi-purpose tray extension
16
Multi-purpose tray paper width guides
17 Scanner glass
18 Transfer unit
19 Toner cartridge
20 Imaging unit
21 Waste toner container
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-19
Samsung Electronics
Rear view
The symbol * is a mark for the optional device.
1
Finisher (Stacker & Stapler)
*
7
Network port
2 Finisher output tray (Stacker & Stapler)
*
8 Dummy for FDI (Foreign Device Interface)
*
3 Finisher cover (Stacker & Stapler)
*
9 15-pin Finisher connection (Stacker & Stapler)
*
4
Extension telephone socket (EXT)
*
10
Power switch
5 Telephone line socket (LINE)
*
11 Power receptacle
6 USB port
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-20
Samsung Electronics
System Layout
No. Item No. Item
1 DADF Unit 9 LSU Unit
2 Scanner Unit 10 Standard tray
3 Toner-Cartridge (Y) 11 PSU (Power Supply Unit)
4 Toner-Cartridge (M) 12 Duplex Unit
5 Toner-Cartridge (C) 13 Fuser Unit
6 Toner-Cartridge (K) 14 ACR-Sensor
7 Cartridge Transfer Unit (ITB) 15 Roller Transfer
8 Imaging Unit 16 Multi-purpose tray
1
2
3
4 5 6
12
13
7
8
9
10
16
11
15
14
1
2
3
4 5 6
12
13
7
8
9
10
16
11
15
14
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-21
Samsung Electronics
2.3.1 System Confguration
CLX-8540 series consists of Main Control Part, Engine Control Part, Operating Panel Part, Scanner Part,
Line Interface Part, Paper Feeding Part, Image Developing Part, Power Supply Part.
The main controller uses a 800MHz Fereceon Core(ARM V5TE) SPGPv4 chip as a main processor, which
dedicated for printing & Fax functions and for driving several internal operating blocks through system
programs stored in Flash Memory. The engine controller has an independent ARM-based CPU and an
engine control SoC, which includes motor drivers, PWM drivers, LSU drivers, sensors, high-voltage drivers,
and other driving units for mechanical parts.
ENGINE CONTROLLER VIDEO CONTROLLER
COLOR
UI PANEL
TOUCH
SCREEN
SCAN IF
SCAN
UNIT
DADF
MSOK
HDD FAX
SCF
TB IF DEVE IF
DEVE
UNIT
TONER
BOTTLE
HVPS
SMPS
DRIVE
UNIT
FDB
FUSER ITB
HV
AC
DEVELOPER SYSTEM
FEED
UNIT
DUPLEX
MP
FINISHER
ACR/CTD
LSU
UNIT
FUSER UNIT
CASSETTE
HCF
WTB
CLUTCH
BLDC
MOTOR
STEP
MOTOR
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
USB
NETWORK
OPTION
ITEMS
DC
MOTOR
TEMP
SENSOR
POLYGON
MOTOR
LD
PD
STEPLER
INTERFACE SENSOR
WTB FULL
TEMP
HUMIDITY
DEVE
CRUM
CRUM
TB CRUM
ITB CRUM
TONER
CON.
MULTIBIN
HV
AC
< System Diagram >
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-22
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2 H/W Confguration
Rear Side View
Operation Panel View Left Side View
OP_MAIN PBA
OP_KEY
OP
KEY
SUB
OP_MAIN PBA
OP_KEY
OP
KEY
SUB
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-23
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.1 Video Controller
The Video Controller which is used to control printing, copying, scanning, and FAX functions comprises
a 800MHz Fereceon core (ARM v5TE), an image processor (CIP6) with 256MB SDRAM, 1024MB DDR2
DIMM, Flash memories, SATA HDD interface. The Video controller includes an embedded network that
supports 10/100/1000M Network and also provides USB host 2.0, device. The Video controller board is
connected to the Engine controller with a 80 pin draw connector and communicates with USB interface and
video clock/data. The Scanner Part including DADF & CCD is connected to the Video controller through the
Scan Interface PBA.
When replacing the Video controller, you must insert the previous MSOK on the new video
controller.
!!
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-24
Samsung Electronics
Video ControIIer Power Distribution
C
P
U
S
P
G
P
v
4
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
4
5
A
E
N
G
I
N
E
I
F
S
.
O
F
F
2
4
V
5
V
3
5
V
2
5
V
1
R
E
G
U
L
A
T
O
R
L
D
1
1
1
7
D
T
2
5
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
2
1
6
6
2
.
5
V
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
1
.
8
V
3
.
3
V
R
E
S
E
T

I
C
X
C
6
1
F
N
3
1
1
2
M
R
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
2
2
3
3
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
C
R
2
0
3
2
D
D
R
2

D
I
M
M
B
:
3
7
0
9
-
0
0
1
4
9
4
E
:
3
7
0
9
-
0
0
1
3
7
2
D
C
2
/
D
C

C
O
N
V
.
F
A
N
5
0
2
6
M
T
C
X
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
4
0
7
1
1
.
8
V
0
.
9
V
D
D
R
2

M
E
M
O
R
Y
1
G
B
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
6
A
2
.
5
V
1
.
2
5
V
I
M
A
G
E

P
R
O
C
.
C
I
P
6
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
4
4
A
1
0
0
M
H
z
/
H
C
S
L
3
.
3
V
_
B
G
U
S
B
2
.
0
I
S
P
1
7
6
1
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
0
9
3
1
2
M
H
z
I
O

C
O
N
T
R
.
L
P
E
C
1
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
2
0
A
O
P
_
M
A
I
N
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
6
6
A
S
C
A
N

I
/
F
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
8
4
A
P
L
D
A
T
F
1
5
0
2
1
3
0
1
-
0
0
1
7
1
2
C
C
D
M

I
/
F
D
S
9
0
C
R
2
1
8
A
1
0
0
6
-
0
0
1
3
7
5
F
D
I
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
6
1
6
A
F
A
X
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
9
8
1
A
M
A
S
T
E
R
_
S
O
K
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
0
2
A
R
S
2
3
2
C
H
D
D
:
1
6
0
G
B
J
C
5
9
-
0
0
0
3
0
A
F
L
A
S
H
:
3
2
M
B
M
X
2
9
L
V
1
2
8
M
T
1
1
0
7
-
0
0
1
7
1
7
E
E
P
R
O
M
:
3
2
K
B
2
4
2
5
6
1
1
0
3
-
0
0
1
1
4
7
N
W

P
H
Y
8
8
E
1
1
1
8
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
3
2
9
8
5
V
2
5
V
1
R
O
S
E
_
R
_
V
I
D
E
O
_
V
0
.
2
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
2
A
[
1
1
1
]
R
O
S
E

H
W

T
E
A
M
2
4
V
5
V
3
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
1
.
0
V
1
.
1
V
3
.
3
V
I
C
S
9
7
U
L
P
1
0
0
3
-
0
0
1
9
2
2
D
D
R
2

M
E
M
O
R
Y
1
1
0
5
-
0
0
1
7
1
8
D
C
2
/
D
C

C
O
N
V
.
F
A
N
5
0
2
6
M
T
C
X
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
4
0
7
1
1
.
2
V
1
.
8
V
I
C
S
9
F
G
1
0
8
1
0
0
3
-
0
0
2
1
9
2
1
0
0
M
H
z
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
1
.
0
V
_
B
G
S
A
T
A

H
D
D
J
C
5
9
-
0
0
0
3
0
A
R
T
C
M
4
1
T
0
0
1
2
0
6
-
0
0
1
0
2
6
3
.
0
V
C
L
O
C
K

G
E
N
.
C
Y
2
5
8
1
1
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
2
3
3
9
C
L
O
C
K

G
E
N
.
C
Y
2
5
8
1
1
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
2
3
3
9
C
L
O
C
K

G
E
N
.
C
Y
2
5
8
1
1
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
2
3
3
9
1
2
M
h
z
2
5
M
h
z
2
5
M
h
z
U
S
B
H
U
B
U
S
B
2
5
1
4
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
3
2
9
C
P
U
S
P
G
P
v
4
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
4
5
A
E
N
G
I
N
E
I
F
S
.
O
F
F
2
4
V
5
V
3
5
V
2
5
V
1
R
E
G
U
L
A
T
O
R
L
D
1
1
1
7
D
T
2
5
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
2
1
6
6
2
.
5
V
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
1
.
8
V
3
.
3
V
R
E
S
E
T

I
C
X
C
6
1
F
N
3
1
1
2
M
R
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
2
2
3
3
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
C
R
2
0
3
2
D
D
R
2

D
I
M
M
B
:
3
7
0
9
-
0
0
1
4
9
4
E
:
3
7
0
9
-
0
0
1
3
7
2
D
C
2
/
D
C

C
O
N
V
.
F
A
N
5
0
2
6
M
T
C
X
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
4
0
7
1
1
.
8
V
0
.
9
V
D
D
R
2

M
E
M
O
R
Y
1
G
B
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
6
A
2
.
5
V
1
.
2
5
V
I
M
A
G
E

P
R
O
C
.
C
I
P
6
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
4
4
A
1
0
0
M
H
z
/
H
C
S
L
3
.
3
V
_
B
G
U
S
B
2
.
0
I
S
P
1
7
6
1
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
0
9
3
1
2
M
H
z
I
O

C
O
N
T
R
.
L
P
E
C
1
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
2
0
A
O
P
_
M
A
I
N
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
6
6
A
S
C
A
N

I
/
F
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
8
4
A
P
L
D
A
T
F
1
5
0
2
1
3
0
1
-
0
0
1
7
1
2
C
C
D
M

I
/
F
D
S
9
0
C
R
2
1
8
A
1
0
0
6
-
0
0
1
3
7
5
F
D
I
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
6
1
6
A
F
A
X
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
9
8
1
A
M
A
S
T
E
R
_
S
O
K
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
0
2
A
R
S
2
3
2
C
H
D
D
:
1
6
0
G
B
J
C
5
9
-
0
0
0
3
0
A
F
L
A
S
H
:
3
2
M
B
M
X
2
9
L
V
1
2
8
M
T
1
1
0
7
-
0
0
1
7
1
7
E
E
P
R
O
M
:
3
2
K
B
2
4
2
5
6
1
1
0
3
-
0
0
1
1
4
7
N
W

P
H
Y
8
8
E
1
1
1
8
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
3
2
9
8
5
V
2
5
V
1
R
O
S
E
_
R
_
V
I
D
E
O
_
V
0
.
2
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
2
A
[
1
1
1
]
2
4
V
5
V
3
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
1
.
0
V
1
.
1
V
3
.
3
V
I
C
S
9
7
U
L
P
1
0
0
3
-
0
0
1
9
2
2
D
D
R
2

M
E
M
O
R
Y
1
1
0
5
-
0
0
1
7
1
8
D
C
2
/
D
C

C
O
N
V
.
F
A
N
5
0
2
6
M
T
C
X
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
4
0
7
1
1
.
2
V
1
.
8
V
I
C
S
9
F
G
1
0
8
1
0
0
3
-
0
0
2
1
9
2
1
0
0
M
H
z
D
C
2
D
C
C
O
N
V
.
I
S
L
8
0
1
4
1
2
0
3
-
0
0
5
3
8
2
1
.
0
V
_
B
G
S
A
T
A

H
D
D
J
C
5
9
-
0
0
0
3
0
A
R
T
C
M
4
1
T
0
0
1
2
0
6
-
0
0
1
0
2
6
3
.
0
V
C
L
O
C
K

G
E
N
.
C
Y
2
5
8
1
1
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
2
3
3
9
C
L
O
C
K

G
E
N
.
C
Y
2
5
8
1
1
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
2
3
3
9
C
L
O
C
K

G
E
N
.
C
Y
2
5
8
1
1
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
2
3
3
9
1
2
M
h
z
2
5
M
h
z
2
5
M
h
z
U
S
B
H
U
B
U
S
B
2
5
1
4
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
3
2
9
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-25
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.2 Engine Controller
The engine controller of CLX-8540ND comprises an ARM-based CPU (J4E), engine control SoCs (LPEC1
& LPEC3), SDRAM and Flash memories, and other drivers for mechanical elements. The engine controller
manages an electro-photography system, controls the Video Data of printing images from Video Board
to LSU, provides PWMs and control signals for high voltages, adjusts temperature in the fusing system, and
reads sensor signals. The Engine Controller also includes control units for optional SCF(s), HCF and
Finisher.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-26
Samsung Electronics
Engine Controller Power Distribution
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-27
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.3 DADF Board
The DADF board controls the DADF (Duplex Automatic Document Feeder) unit.
A DADF board controls 2 stepping motors, 2 clutches, 1 solenoid,10 sensors by using a CPU(S3F443FX )
with 80MHz core frequency. A DADF board supports a customer to copy Max 100 sheets of documents
automatically. CLX-8540 series have a DADF module as a default function, and also, the DADF supports up
to 65% of duplex speed.
GATE
R_STACK
LENGTH DETECT/WIDTH
DOWNLOAD
EXIT
MOTOR
HYPER
(DEBUG)
REGI
SENSOR
DUPLEX/SCAN/
EXIT SENSOR
MAIN I/F
MPU:
S3F443FX
COVER
OPEN
SCAN
MOTOR
SCAN MOTOR
DRIVER
EXIT
MOTOR
MPU:
S3F443FX
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-28
Samsung Electronics
DADF Block Diagram
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-29
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.4 OPE_Main Board
The OP_main board controls the WVGA(800x600) 7 Color TFT LCD unit, and communicates with Video
controller through USB1.1. The OP_main board is connected with Key & Key_Sub boards which are used for
scan and fax functions.
The OP_main board includes an ARM-based CPU (S3C2413C), a 32MB NOR Flash ROM, a 64MB DDR1
SDRAM memory, and a TSP control unit.
DDR MEMORY
(64MB)
Main IF (USB)
LCD Interface
Main IF (power)
OPE Key sub
NOR FLASH
(32MB)
JTAG
Touch Screen Back Light Unit
Debugger OPE Key
MCU (S3C2413)
LCD Interface
OPE Key sub
NOR FLASH
(32MB)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-30
Samsung Electronics
OUTPUT 24V1/2/3/4 (CON2)
INPUT AC (CON1)
CONTROL SIGNAL (CON4)
OUTPUT 5V1/2/3 (CON3)
2.3.2.5 SMPS Board
SMPS( Switching Mode Power Supply ) board supplies electric power to the engine board and other boards
through a Main-Engine Controller by +5V,+24V from 110V/220V power input. It has safety protection modes
for over current and over load, and it is ready to apply the power-save mode of 1 watt.
SPECIFICATION
General Input/Output Voltage
1) AC 110V (90V ~ 135V)
2) AC 220V (180V ~ 270V)
3) Input Current: 5.0 [Arms]
4) Output Power: 335W / Max. 450W
DC 5V: 45W ~ 60W
DC 24V: 290W ~ 390W
Connection
1 INPUT_AC (from Fuser Drive Board)
2 OUTPUT_5V1/2/3 (to Engine PBA)
3 OUTPUT_24V1/2/3/4 (to Engine PBA)
4 SMPS control (from Engine PBA)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-31
Samsung Electronics
Input / Output connector
AC Input Connector( CON1 )
PIN ASSIGN PIN NO Description
1 AC_L
AC Input
2 AC_N
DC Output Connector( CON2 )
Description PIN NO PIN ASSIGN
Power +24V1 1
24V Ground GND 2
Power +24V2 3
24V Ground +GND 4
Power +24V3 5
24V Ground GND 6
Power +24V4 7
24V Ground GND 8
DC Output Connector( CON3 )
Power +5V1 1
5V Ground GND 2
Power +5V2 3
5V Ground GND 4
Signal +5V3 5
5V Ground GND 6
Output Signal Connector( CON4 )
Signal (Reserved)) NC 1
Signal (Reserved) NC 2
Signal (Reserved) NC 3
Signal (24V Remote Sense) 24V 4
Signal (Standby Mode) EN_24V 5
Signal (5V Remote Sense) 5V 6
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-32
Samsung Electronics
T1 Y/M/C/K (CN8)
MHV (AC+DC) Y/M
(CN5)
MHV (AC+DC) C/K (CN6)
FAN_LSU (CN3)
HVPS 1 (CN1) HVPS 2 (CN2)
WTB FULL SENS (CN4)
T2
2.3.2.6 HVPS Board
CLX-8540ND series have two HVPSs( High Voltage Power Supply), which are denoted by HVPS-L &
HVPS-S.
HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) Unit is divided to Two PBAs, and generates 15 high-voltage channels
which includes T1(4), T2, MHV(4), DEVE(4), FB, and SP.
HVPS_L (High Voltage Power Supply_Large) supplies High Voltage power to Imaging unit (Charger),
Cartidge transfer unit, T2-roller (T2-Unit).
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-33
Samsung Electronics
FUSER BIAS (CN4) SAWPLATE (CN3) DEVE Y/M/C/K (CN2) HVPS 3 (CN5)
HVPS_S (High Voltage Power Supply_Small) supplies High Voltage power to Imaging unit (Developer),
Fuser, Saw-plate (T2-Unit).
Specifcation
Channel AC/DC No. Type Control
Rated
Load
Output
Output
Range
Load
Range
MHV
DC-
4
Constant-V PWM Duty
250 pF
-701 V 0 ~ -1800 V
0.1~3 mA
AC - PWM Duty 1.6 KVpp 1.0 ~ 3.2 Vpp
DEVE DC- 4 Constant-V PWM Duty 400 M -525 V 0 ~ -800 V 0 ~ 30 uA
T1 DC+ 4 Constant-I PWM Duty 90 M 10.4 uA 0 ~ 40 uA 0 ~ 3.5 KV
T2
DC+
1
Constant-I PWM Duty 100 M 19 uA 0 ~ 50 uA 0 ~ 6.5 KV
DC- Constant-V Volume 20 M -500 V - 0 ~ 20 uA
Saw Plate DC- 1 Constant-V PWM Duty NO -453 V 0 ~ -2.4 KV 0 ~ 40 uA
Fuser Bias
DC+
1 Constant-V
PWM Duty NO 506V 0 ~ 1.5 KV 0 ~ 20 uA
DC- Volume NO -830 V - 0 ~ 20 uA
Constant current outputs in T1/T2 channels.
Individual T1 channels for each color.
Alternative DC +/- outputs between image & non-image periods in T2.
AC + DC MHV Bias.
Rated loads in all channels could be change according to the environmental conditions.
All output channels can be adjusted by using volume control components.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-34
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.7 Fuser Drive Board
The FDB (Fuser Drive Board) controls 2 halogen lamps in the fuser unit using control signals which are
provided from the ENGINE PBA and supplies AC power to the SMPS. Both V1/V2 FDBs provide max.
1500W output power.
When the phase signal of AC Power goes to zero, the FDB sends a zero-crossing detect signal to the
ENGINE PBA. The zero-crossing output consists an open-collector node.
Connection
1 INLET AC
2 FUSER CONTROL (from Main board)
3 FUSER AC (to Fuser lamp)
4 SMPS AC ( to SMPS)
Specifcation
V1 V2
Input Voltage
(Range)
AC 110V
(90 ~ 135V)
AC 220V
(180 ~ 270V)
Input Current 20A 10A
Output Power Max. 1500W Max. 1500W
Phase Detect Zero-Crossing Detect
(Open Collector Output)
Protection Relay Control Signal
2
1
4
3
FUSE VARISTOR PHOTO TRAIC
HEAT SINK
2
1
4
3
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-35
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.8 Finisher Board
The fnisher board controls an optional fnisher in CLX-8540ND. The fnisher board consists a controller
(S3F443FX), two motor drive ICs to control feeding timing, and a LPEC1 for expanding control I/Os. An
UART port is also used to communicate between the Main-Engine board and the fnisher board.
Finisher Printer
# TxD
# RxD
Interface Cable
Connector 3Ways
D-Sub 15P. Female
10
11
12
13
14
15
# FIN_DETECT
# nFIN_RESET
+5V
N.C.
+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RxD #
TxD #
FIN_DETECT #
nFIN_RESET #
+5V
N.C.
+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND(3.3/5V Power)
GND(3.3/5V Power)
GND(24V Power)
GND(24V Power)
FG(Case)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Connector 3Ways
D-Sub 15P. Male
# : TTL Level (3.3V )
GND(24V Power)
GND(3.3/5V Power)
GND(3.3/5V Power)
GND(24V Power)
GND(24V Power)
GND(24V Power)
FG(Case)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-36
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.9 SCF/HCF board
The SCF board is utilized to control an optional cassette in CLX -8540ND. Max 2 cassettes can be connected
under the default cassette in order to increase paper capacity. The SCF board consists a controller
(S3F443FX) and two motor drive ICs to control feeding timing. An UART port is used to communicate
between the Main-Engine controller and the SCF board. The board is also used in a HCF. Because key
functions of SCF and HCF are the same, SCFs and HCF can be used the same boards.
No. Signal Name Direction Active Level Description
1 24V POWER - +24V Power
2 3.3V POWER - +3.3V Power
3 GND POWER - Signal Ground
4 TxD OUT - Data Transmission
5 RxD IN - Data Receive
6 nBUSY OUT LOW SCF TxD Line Busy
7 nCMDREQ OUT LOW Command Request
8 Reserved1 I/O LOW Reserved
9 Reserved2 I/O LOW Reserved
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-37
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.10 FAX Board
Specifcations
- LINE CONNECTION: PSTN or PABX (RJ-11)
- Compatibility: ITU-T G3, Super G3
- Communication System: PSTN/PABX
- Modem Speed: 33.6Kbps
- TX Speed: 3 sec
* Standard Resolution, MMR, 33,6Kbps
* Phase C by ITU-T No.1 Chart in Memory transmission with ECM
- Scan Speed
Platen -> 2 sec / A4
ADF -> 5.5 sec / A4
* Scan time: 2 sec/A4 @ 203x98dpi
* Scan setup time : 3.5 sec
- Receive Mode: Fax, TEL, ANS/FAX
- Compression: MH/MR/MMR/JBIG/JPEG
- ECM: Yes
- Resolution Std: 203*98dpi
Fine: 203*196dpi
S.Fine: 203x392dpi, 300*300dpi, 406x392dpi
- Contrast: Adsustable 5 levels
- Fax Memory: 32MB (in HDD)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-38
Samsung Electronics
Serial & Parallel Types
How to connect a serial fax frst.

1) connect a line cord into Line RJ11.
2) Connect 2nd phone by 4 line cord.
How to connect Parallel Fax
1) Connect a line cord into Line RJ11.
2) Just connect a phone to External RJ11.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-39
Samsung Electronics
2.3.2.11 Other PBAs
DEVE CRUM PBA
Finisher IF PBA
ERASER_LAMP_PBA
SCAN_IF_PBA
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-40
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3 Mechanic Confguration
2.3.3.1 Feeding Section
1) Cassette
It stores and automatically feeds printing papers.
The pick-up roller picks up printing papers, feeds papers, and also, it removes static electricity, and so on.
> Spec.
* Feeding Method : Cassette Type
* Feeding Standard : Center Loading
* Feeding Capacity : Cassette 500 Sheets
(80g/, 21lb Paper Standard) Manual Feeder
* Paper Detecting Sensor : Photo Sensor
(Empty, Registration, Exit)
* Paper Size Sensor : None
* Paper type
: Plain (60~90 g/), envelope (75~90 g/),
Label (120~150 g/), Cardstock (120~130 g/),
transparency (138~146 g/) , Thick (90~120 g/)
2) SCF (Second Cassette Feeder ) / HCF ( High Capacity Feeder)
SCF & HCF additionally store and automatically feed printing papers. Their functions are the same as the
frst cassette tray.
> Spec.
* Paper Direction : FISO (Front-in, Side-Out)
* Cassette Type : A4, Ltr
* Paper Discharge : Separation Claw
* Capacity
SCF : 500 Sheets (Standard paper 80g/ 21lb)
HCF : 1950 Sheets (Standard paper 80g/ 21lb)
* Paper Size : A4, Letter
* Paper Weight (average) : 60~90g/ (16~24lbs)
* Additional Function : Paper Empty Sensor
Paper Registration Sensor
Paper Exit Sensor
* Paper Type
- SCF : Plain (60~90 g/), envelope (75~90 g/), Label (120~150 g/), Cardstock (120~130 g/),
transparency (138~146 g/), Thick (90~120 g/)
- HCF : Plain (60~90 g/), Thick (90~120 g/)
HCF HCF
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-41
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.2 Drive Unit
There are several different motors including BLDC, stepping, and DC motors.
- Main Motor is for Paper path( Pick-up, Feed, Registration and MPF) and Cartridge Transfer Unit.
- BK Motor is for Black OPC and Black DEVE
- Color OPC Motor is for Color OPC (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan)
- Color DEVE Motor is for Color DEVE (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan)
- Fuser Motor is for Fuser and Exit roller
- Duplex Motor is for Duplex feeding
- Exit Motor is for stable stacking
- Toner Supply Motors are for toner supply from toner bottles to imaging units.
Duplex Motor
Fuser Motor
Exit Motor
Duplex Motor
Fuser Motor
Exit Motor
BK Motor
Main Motor
Color OPC Motor
Color DEVE Motor
BK Motor
Main Motor
Color OPC Motor
Color DEVE Motor
Toner Supply Motor
(4EA)
Toner Supply Motor
(4EA)
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-42
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.3 LSU ( Laser scanning unit )
LSU consists of LD(Laser Diode) and polygon motor control part. For realizing Color Image, it is controlled
by 4 LDs. When the controller generates the printing image signal, LD will turn on and Polygon motor starts.
If the receiving part in LSU detect the beam , Hsync is generated. When the polygon motor is rotated with a
steady speed, it is time of LSU ready status for printing.
OPC Drum
Photo Diode
LD Driver circit
Protector panel
LD(Laser Diode)
Polygon Mirror
Polygon Motor
Motor Driver
K C M Y K C M Y K C M Y
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-43
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.4 Fuser Unit
The fuser unit consists of dual heat lamp, heat roller, pressure roller, fuser belt, two thermostats and
a thermistor. The fuser unit melts and fuses the toner, onto the paper, by applying pressure and high
temperature to complete a printing job.
- Fusing Type : [Dual Lamp Heating, 700W/500W]
- Heat Roller :[18 ]
- Pressure Roller : [29 electrically conductive]
- Thermistor Temperature Detecting Sensor
contact thermistor 2EA
- Thermostat Overheat Protection Device
- Fuser Bias : 700V(HH), 500V(LL,NN)on the P/R tube
Thermostat
When a heat lamp is overheated, a Thermostat cuts off the main power to prevent over-heating.
- Non-Cotact type Thermostat
Heat roller
The heat roller transfers the heat from the lamp to the belt. The surface of a heat roller is coated with
Dickel coating, so toner does not stick to the surface.
Pressure roller
A pressure roller mounted under a heat roller is made of a silicon resin, and the surface also is coated with
Tefon. When a paper passes between a heat roller and a pressure roller, toner adheres to the surface of
a paper permanently.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-44
Samsung Electronics
- Fuser Error
OPEN Heat LOW Heat OVER Heat
Warm-Up Less than 60
at more than 20
seconds.
Less than Warm Up Ref. Temp
-20 & for more than 30 seconds
(LL) / 25s (except for LL) in Warm
Up end time.
Higher than 230(240) &For
continuous 30 seconds(5 sec)
Stand-Byor
Recoverable
Error State for
Over Heat only
N/A Less than Stand-By Ref. Temp
-40 & For more than 10 seconds.
- Higher than 230(240) & For
- Higher than 216 & for more
than 3 min.
Printing N/A Less than Printing Ref. Temp
-35 & For more than 10 seconds.
Higher than 230(240) & For
Power Save N/A N/A Higher than 230(240) & For
Low Power N/A N/A Higher than 230(240) & For
Other N/A N/A Higher than 230(240) & For
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-45
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.5 Scanner
2.3.3.5.1 Scanning Technology
1) Color Separation : Single-Pass color separation
Color separation is done with transmissive color flters put over the CCD elements themselves as part of
CCD manufacturing process. The CCD used in CLX-8540ND Series has three rows of imaging elements.
Each row has a color flter directly over the CCD elements, one row red, one green, and one blue.

2) Image Signal Input :
The output signal of CCD is designed for being ADC in S4L9335X through Bypass-Cap, and then
processing through the Signal which is defned between S4L9335X and CIP4.
It uses CDS (Correlated Double Sampling) which implement double Sampling for black level and image by
using signal of CIP4E, when AFE receives each pixels.

3) Image Processor :
It reads pixel data of CCD (Charge Coupled Device) by 600dpi Line, and in accordance with the mode set
from CIP4, said data is experiencing Error Diffusion Algorithm in mode or stored at Scan Buffer through
DMA without Halftoning Algorithm in PC Scan mode. At this time, both above modes conduct processing
after Shading Correction and Gamma Correction.

4) Optical System: Lens Reduction type All-In-One( Scanning Lamp + Lens + CCD Image sensor)

5) Light Source : Xenon Lamp

6) Scanning method
- Platen : Optical Moving
- DADF: Document Moving
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-46
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.5.2 Scanning Area
Maximum Document Width : 216mm
Effective Scanning Width: 208mm
Minimum Scan Width : 1 (25.4mm)
Minimum Scan Length : 1 (25.4mm)
a b c d
2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm 3mm 1mm 3mm 1mm
2.3.3.5.3 Source Document Specifcation (DADF)
The machine with this feature scans both sides of a paper.
Spec
Capacity : Up to 100 sheets 75 g/m
Copy speed : simplex 38cpm(LTR)/ duplex 25cpm(LTR)
Document Size : Width : 148 to 216 mm
Length : 145 to 356 mm for single page scan
145 to 400 mm for multi pages scan
Document Size Sensing Yes Extendible tray for long documents Yes
Adjustable Paper Guide Yes DADF Ready Indicator None
Labels w/graphics None Book copying with DADF open Yes
Wear out items (rolls) easily
replaceable w/o tools
No Wear out items (rolls) should be
serviced.
DADF Pad &
Feed Roller
Effective Scanning width
E
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

S
c
a
n
n
i
n
g

l
e
n
g
t
h
a
b
c d
Effective Scanning width
E
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

S
c
a
n
n
i
n
g

l
e
n
g
t
h
a
b
c d
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-47
Samsung Electronics
Layout
INDEX Description Qty Remark
MOTOR 2
ELECTRONIC CLUTCH 2
SOLENOID 1
PHOTO SENSOR 7 To detect Paper size
GATE 2
3 steps GATE 1
Document Path
SIMPLEX

DUPLEX

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
j
i
k
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
j
i
k
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-48
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.6 Sensor
DESCRIPTION
Bin Full Sensor : Check overfowing of Paper on Stacker
Regi Sensor : Two Regi Sensor for checking precise paper position
Exit Sensor : Check paper position on Fuser
Duplex Jam : Check paper position on Duplex path1
Paper Empty Sensor : Check Paper empty on a cassette
Duplex Ready : Check paper ready on Duplex path
Cassette Detect : Check cassette insertion
Paper Limit : Check raising paper up to feeding position
Paper Low Sensor : Check the number of paper below 100 pages
MPF Empty Sensor : Check paper empty on MPF
Power Low Sensor
Cassette Detect
Paper Empty Sensor
MPF Empty Sensor
Bin Full Sensor
Duplex Jam
Duplex Ready
Exit Sensor
Paper Limit
Regi Sensor
Feed Sensor
Power Low Sensor
Cassette Detect
Paper Empty Sensor
MPF Empty Sensor
Bin Full Sensor
Duplex Jam
Duplex Ready
Exit Sensor
Paper Limit
Regi Sensor
Feed Sensor
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-49
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.7 Sensor ( Expansion)
18
12
23
7
10
11
13
6
14
45
22
33/34/35/36
37/38/39/40
28
24
19/20
29
3
41/42/43/44
25/26/27
30
31
2
15/16/17
4
1
5
21
32
49
50
51
54
55
56/57
46/47
52
58
48
8
9
59
53
18
12
23
77
10
11
13 13
66
14 14
45
22
33/34/35/36
37/38/39/40
28
24
19/20
29
33
41/42/43/44
25/26/27
30
31
2
15/16/17
44
1
55
21
32
49
50
51
54
55
56/57
46/47
52
58 58
48
8
9
59
53
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-50
Samsung Electronics
No Sensor Name Unit SEC Code Sensor Type
1 CASSETTE_DETECT BASE_FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
2 PAPER_NEAR_END BASE_FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
3 PAPER_UP_LIMIT BASE_FRAME 0604-001096 Photo Interrupter
4 CASSETTE_EMPTY BASE_FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
5 MP_EMPTY BASE_FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
6 SENS_DUPLEX_READY FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
7 SENS_FEED FRAME 0604-001230 Refective Photo Interrupter
8 SENS_COVER OPEN FRAME JC39-00750A interlock s/w
9 SENS_COVER OPEN FRAME JC39-00751A interlock s/w
10 SENS_REGI FRAME 0604-001230 Refective Photo Interrupter
11 SENS_PAPER_EXIT FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
12 SENS_DUPLEX_JAM SIDE 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
13 OUTBIN_FULL FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
14 FINISHER_DETECT FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
15/16/17 PAPER_SIZE1(2/3) CASSETTE JC92-01913A TACT SWITCH
18 THERMOSTAT FUSER 4712-001028 SPST, NORMALLY CLOSED TYPE
19/20 FUSER_THERM1(2) FUSER 1404-001355 THERMISTOR
21 OPC_BK_HOME FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
22 OPC_CR_HOME FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
23 SENS_T1_ENGAGE FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
24 SENS_T2_ENGAGE FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
25 SENS_CTD FRAME JC32-00006A ACR/CTD SENSOR
26/27 SENS_ACR1(2) FRAME JC32-00006A ACR/CTD SENSOR
28 SENS_LSU_CLN FRAME 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
29 INNER_TEMP FRAME 1404-001417 THERMISTOR
30 OUT_TEMP HUMIDITY S FRAME JC32-00005A Temp/Humidity sensor
31 WASTE_FULL FRAME JC96-04546A Beam Sensor
32 SENS_WTB_MOT FRAME JC92-02005A Photo Interrupter
33/34/35/36 SENS_TC_Y(M/C/K) DEVE JC32-00008A
37/38/39/40 CRUM_DEVE_Y(M/C/K) DEVE JC92-02032A S-CRUM
41/42/43/44 CRUM_TB_Y(M/C/K) TB JC92-02032B S-CRUM
45 CRUM_ITB ITB JC92-01857A S-CRUM
46/47 AUTO_PAPER_SIZE(2) SCAN 0604-001370 Multi Beam Sensor
48 CCD HOME SENSOR SCAN 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
49 PLATEN_COVER_OPEN SCAN 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
50 SENS_DOC_SCAN DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
51 SENS_DOC_GATE DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
52 SENS_R_STACK DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
53 SENS_GATE_HP DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
54 SENS_DOC_DUPLEX DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
55 SENS_DOC_REGI DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
56 SENS_DOC_WIDTH DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
57 SENS_DOC_DETECT DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
58 SENS_DOC_LENGTH DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
59 DADF_COVER_OPEN DADF 0604-001095 Photo Interrupter
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-51
Samsung Electronics
2.3.3.8 Motor & Fan
The printer has ten motors and four fans. The fgure below shows the locations of the motors and fans.
M1
F1
F2
F3
F4
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
M1
F1
F2
F3
F4
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
NAME FUNCTION NAME FUNCTION
M1 FUSER DRIVE BLDC MOTOR M9 LSU CLEANING DC MOTOR
M2 EXIT DRIVE STEPPING MOTOR M10 WASTE TONER BOTTLE DRIVE DC
MOTOR
M3 DUPLEX DRIVE STEPPING MOTOR M11
M4 MAIN DRIVE BLDC MOTOR M12
M5 BLACK OPC & DEVE DRIVE BLDC
MOTOR
F1 FAN-DC : HVPS
M6 COLOR DEVE DRIVE BLDC MOTOR F2 FAN DC INVERTER : SMPS
M7 COLOR OPC DRIVE BLDC MOTOR F3 FAN DC : DUPLEX
M8 TONER SUPPLY DRIVE DC MOTOR F4 FAN DC : DUPLEX
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-52
Samsung Electronics
2.3.4 Control panel
2.3.4.1 Overview
8 On Hook Dial: Engages the telephone line.
9 Interrupt: Stops a job in process to do an urgent copy job.
10 Clear All: Reverts the current settings to the default values.
11 Power Saver: Sends the machine into the power saver mode.
You can also turn the power on and off with this button.
12 Stop: Stops an operation at any time. The pop up window
appears on the screen showing the current job that the
user can stop or resume.
13 Start: Starts a job.
1 Machine Setup: Leads you to the machine setup and advanced settings.
2 Job Status: Shows the jobs currently running, queued jobs or completed jobs.
3 Status: Shows the status of your machine.
4 Display screen: Displays the current machine status and prompts during an operation.
You can set menus easily using the touch screen.
5 Numeric keypad: Dials fax number, and enters the number value for document copies or other options.
6 Clear: Deletes characters in the edit area.
7 Redial/Pause: In standby mode, redials the last number, or
in edit mode, inserts a pause into a fax number.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-53
Samsung Electronics
Touch screen
The touch screen allows for user-friendly operation
of the machine. Once you press the home icon
( ) on the screen, it shows the Main screen.
: Shows Help. You can fnd the explanation by
feature contents.
Copy: Enters the Copy menu.
Fax: Enters the Fax menu. (Optional)
Scan: Enters Scan to Email, Scan To PC, Scan to
Server menu.
Stored Documents: Enters the Stored Documents
menu.
USB: When USB memory is inserted into the USB
memory port on your machine, USB icon shows
on the display screen.
SmarThru Workfow: Enters the SmarThru
Workfow menu.
(Optional)
Toner Info.: Shows amount of toner used.
LCD Brightness: Adjusts the brightness of the
touch screen.
: You can change the display language.
: Guides you to remove the USB memory
devices from the machine. Follow the instruction
on the LCD. This icon appears only when you
connect an USB memory module.
Logout: Logs out from the currently logged in
account.
Machine Setup button
When you press Machine Setup button, you
can browse current machine settings or change
machine values.
This button allows you to move to Copy, Fax,
Scan, Stored Documents menu directly.
Machine Status: Shows the current status of the
machine.
Admin Setting: Allows an administrator to set up
the machine.
Usage Page Report:You can print the report on
the amount of printouts depending on the paper
size and type.
Tray Management: You can change current
tray setting such as paper size and paper type.
Monitor current tray status as well.
2.3.4.2 Introducing the touch screen and useful buttons
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-54
Samsung Electronics
Job Status button
When you press Job Status button, the screen
shows the lists of currently running jobs, queued
jobs and completed jobs.
Current Job tab: Shows the list of jobs in progress
and pending.
Completed Job tab: Provides the list of completed
jobs.
Active Notice tab: Displays any error codes that
have occurred.
No.: Gives the order of jobs.
Job Name: Shows job information like name and
type.
Status: Gives the current status of each job.
User: Provides user name, mainly computer
name.
Job Type: Displays details of the active job, such
as job type, recipient phone number and other
information.
Detail: Shows the detailed information of the
selected option on the Current Job, Completed
Job and Active Notice list.
Delete: Removes the selected job from the list.
Delete All: Removes all the jobs from the list.
Close: Closes the job status window and switches
to previous view.
Power Saver button
When the machine is not in use, save electricity
with the provided power save mode. Pressing this
button puts the machine into power save mode.
If you press Power Saver button for more than two
seconds, a window appears, requesting that you
turn the power off. If you choose Yes, the power is
turned off.
This button can also be used to turn the button on.
Status Description
Off The machine is not in the power
save mode.
The machine is in the low power
save mode.
Blue On machine is in the power save mode.
Blink The machine is in the ready power
save mode.
Interrupt button
When you press Interrupt button, the machine goes
into interrupt mode which means it stops a printing
job for urgent copy job. When the urgent copy job
completes, the previous printing job continues.
Status Description
Off The machine is not in interrupt
printing mode.
Blue On The machine is in interrupt printing
mode.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-55
Samsung Electronics
2.3.4.3 Understanding the Status LED
When the problem occurs, the Status LED indicates the machines condition by the light color of its action.
Status
Status Description
Off The machine is off-line.
The machine is in power save mode. When data is received, or any
button is pressed, it switches to on-line automatically.
Green On The machine is on-line and can be used.
Blinking When the backlight slowly blinks, the machine is receiving data from the
computer.
When the backlight blinks rapidly, the machine is printing data.
Red On The imaging unit is totally out of lifespan.
Remove the old imaging unit and install a new one.
The toner cartridge is totally empty. Remove the old toner cartridge and
install a new one.
A paper jam has occurred.
The cover is opened. Close the cover.
There is no paper in the tray. Load paper in the tray.
The machine has stopped due to a major error. Check the display
message.
The waste toner container not installated in the machine, or full waste
toner container.
Blinking A minor error has occurred and the machine is waiting the error to be
cleared. Check the display message. When the problem is cleared, the
machine resumes.
The toner cartridge is near the end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge. You can temporarily improve print quality by
redistributing the toner.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-56
Samsung Electronics
2.3.5 Graphic user interface overview
2.3.5.1 Menu Map
The control panel provides access to various menus to set up the machine or use the machines functions.
These menus can be accessed by pressing Machine Setup, Job Status or touching menus on the
display screen. Refer to the following diagram.
Main screen
The Main screen is shown on the display screen on the control panel.
Some menus are grayed out depending on your model.
Copy Fax (Optional) Documents Box
Basi c tab
Ori ginal Size
Reduce/Enl arge
Dupl ex
Out put
Ori ginal Type
Col or Mode
Advanced tab
ID Copy
N-Up
Poster Copy
Clone Copy
Book Copy
Bookl et
Covers
Transparenci es
WaterMark
Overl ay
Aut oCrop
Mult i-Bin
Image tab
Erase Edge
Erase Background
Margin Shift
Scan Enhance
Adj ust Backsi de
Image
Basic tab
Address Book
Duplex
Resolut ion
Advanced tab
Original Size
Delay Send
Priority Send
Poll ing
Mail box
Image tab
Original Type
Darkness
Erase Backgrou nd
Color Mode
User Box tab
Add
Delete
Edi t
Detail
Search
Enter
Syst em Box tab
Detail
Enter
USB (Optional) Scan to Email Scan to Server
USB Format
USB Print
Scan to USB
Basic tab
Advanced tab
Image tab
Out put tab
From tab
To tab
Cc tab
Bcc tab
Subj ect tab
Message tab
Opti ons tab
Basic tab
Advanced tab
Image tab
Out put tab
Scan to PC Scan to USB Machine Status
Basi c tab
Advanced tab
Image tab
Out put tab
Basic tab
Advanced tab
Image tab
Output tab
Suppli es Li fe tab
Machi ne Info. tab
Admin Setting Tray Management Usage Page Report
General tab
Setup tab
Pri nt/Report tab
Tray
MP Tray
Tray2
Tray3
Suppli es Li fe
Machi ne Info.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-57
Samsung Electronics
Machine Setup button
When you press the Machine Setup button on the control panel, the screen displays three menus. Machine
Status shows the supplies life, billing, counters and reports. Admin Setting lets you set the advanced
setup to use your machine in depth and conveniently. Usage Page Report can print the report on the amount
of printouts depending on the paper size and type.
Machine Status
Supplies Life tab
Toner Cartridge-C
Toner Cartridge-M
Toner Cartridge-Y
Toner Cartridge-K
Imaging Unit-C
Imaging Unit-M
Imaging Unit-Y
Imaging Unit-K
Fuser Kit
Feed Roller Kit-Tray 1
Feed Roller Kit - Bypass Tray
Document Feeder Roller
BTR Kit
DADF Friction Pad Kit
Machine Info. tab
Machine Details
Customer Support
M
IP Address
achine Serial Number
Hardware Options
Configuration
Software Versions
Tray Status
Tray
Status
Paper Size
Paper Type
Print/Report
System Report
Scan Report
Fax Report
Usage Counters
Total Impressions
Black Impressions
Black Copied Impressions
Black Printed Impressions
Color Impressions
Color Copied Impressions
Color Printed Impressions
Sheets
Copied Sheets
Black Copied Sheets
Color Copied Sheets
Printed Sheets
Black Printed Sheets
Color Printed Sheets
2 Sided Sheets
Copied 2 Sided Sheets
Black Copied 2-Sided Sheets
Color Copied 2-Sided Sheets
DADF Scan Page Counts
Platen Scan Page Counts
Printed 2 Sided Sheets
Black Printed 2-Sided Sheets
Color Printed 2-Sided Sheets
Analog Fax Sheets
Analog Fax 2-Sided Sheets
Fax Image Received
Analog Fax Images Sent
Analog Fax Images Received
Images Sent
Network Scanning Images Sent
Email Images Sent
Maintenance Impressions
Black Maintenance Impressions
General tab
Device Info
Date & Time
Default Settings
Measurement
Timers
Language
Power Saver
Tray Management
Altitude Adjustment
Output Options
Contention Management
Sound
Supplies Management
Machine Test
On Demand Overwrite
HDD Spoolling
Stored Job File Policy
Country
Setup tab
Copy Setup
Fax Setup
Network Setup
Authentication
Optional Service
Color
Print/Report tab
Print
Accounting Reports
Report
Current Job tab
Detail
Delete
Delete All
Close
Active Notice tab
Detail
Close
Completed Job tab
Detail
Close
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-58
Samsung Electronics
Admin Setting
Supplies Life tab
Toner Cartridge-C
Toner Cartridge-M
Toner Cartridge-Y
Toner Cartridge-K
Imaging Unit-C
Imaging Unit-M
Imaging Unit-Y
Imaging Unit-K
Fuser Kit
Feed Roller Kit - Bypass Tray
Document Feeder Roller
BTR Kit
DADF Friction Pad Kit
Machine Info. tab
Machine Details
Customer Support
M
IP Address
achine Serial Number
Hardware Options
Configuration
Software Versions
Tray Status
Tray
Status
Paper Size
Paper Type
Print/Report
System Report
Scan Report
Fax Report
Usage Counters
Total Impressions
Black Impressions
Color Impressions
Color Printed Impressions
Sheets
Copied Sheets
Black Copied Sheets
Color Copied Sheets
Printed Sheets
2 Sided Sheets
Black Copied 2-Sided Sheets
Black Printed 2-Sided Sheets
Color Printed 2-Sided Sheets
Analog Fax Sheets
Analog Fax 2-Sided Sheets
Fax Image Received
Analog Fax Images Sent
Analog Fax Images Received
Images Sent
Email Images Sent
General tab
Device Info
Date & Time
Default Settings
Measurement
Timers
Language
Power Saver
Tray Management
Altitude Adjustment
Output Options
Contention Management
Sound
Supplies Management
Machine Test
On Demand Overwrite
HDD Spoolling
Stored Job File Policy
Country
Setup tab
Copy Setup
Fax Setup
Network Setup
Authentication
Optional Service
Color
Print/Report tab
Print
Accounting Reports
Report
Current Job tab
Detail
Delete
Delete All
Close
Active Notice tab
Detail
Close
Completed Job tab
Detail
Close
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-59
Samsung Electronics
2.3.5.2 Understanding the Copy screen
When you press Copy on the Main screen, the Copy screen appears which has several tabs and lost of
copying options. All the options are grouped by features so that you can confgure your selections easily. If
the screen displays an other menu, press Home button to go to the Main screen. If you want to know more
information for copy screen, please consult the user manual.
Basic Tab
Original Size : Selects the size of the originals.
Reduce/Enlarge : Reduces or enlarges the size of a copied image.
Duplex : Sets the machine to print copies on both sides of the paper.
Output : Selects Collated or Uncollated copy options. If you install the optional stacker & stapler, then the
staple related option appears.
Text, Text/Photo, Photo, Magazine : Improves the copy quality by selecting the document type for the
current copy job.
Color, B/W, Auto : You can switch this copy mode among Color mode, B/W mode, Auto mode.
Selects whether the user print copies in mono or color.
Light, Dark : Adjusts the brightness level to make a copy that is easier to read, when the original contains
faint markings and dark images.
Paper Supply : Selects the paper supply tray.
Erase Edge : Allows you to erase punch holes, staple marks, and fold creases along any of the four
documents edges.
Erase Background : Prints an image with no background.
Margin Shift : Creates a binding edge for the document.
Scan Enhance : Use this feature for the better quality of copyoutput.
More : You can change the setting value for each menu.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-60
Samsung Electronics
Advanced Tab
ID Copy: Prints 2-sided originals on one sheet of paper. This feature is helpful for copying a small-sized
item, such as a business card.
N-Up: Prints 2 or 4 original images, reduced to ft onto one sheet of paper.
Poster Copy: Prints a large image into divided 9 pages.
Clone Copy: Prints multiple image copies from the original document on a single page.
Book Copy: Allows you to copy an entire book.
Booklet: Creates booklets from a sequential set of either 1-sided or 2-sided originals.
Covers: Automatically adds covers to your copied set using stock taken from a different tray.
Transparencies: Adds a blank or printed divider between transparencies within a set.
WaterMark: Prints an image with the added watermark.
Overlay: Prints an image with the image previously stored in your machine.
Auto Crop: Prints only the image of an original after cropping the blank parts like the margin.
Multi-Bin: Allows you to select the output mode.
Image Tab
Erase Edge: Allows you to erase punch holes, staple marks, and fold creases along any of the four
documents edges.
Erase Background: Prints an image with no background.
Margin Shift: Creates a binding edge for the document.
Scan Enhance: Use this feature for the better quality of copyoutput.
Adjust Backside Image: Allows you to copy and image and remove the back-side image shown through.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-61
Samsung Electronics
2.3.5.3 Understanding the FAX screen
When you press Fax on the Main screen, the Fax screen appears which has several tabs and lost of fax
options. All the options are grouped by features so that you can confgure your selections easily.If the screen
displays an other menu, press Home button to go to the Main screen. If you want to know more information
for Fax screen, please consult the user manual.
Basic Tab
Fax number input area : Shows the recipients fax number using the number keypad on the control panel. If
you confgured the phone book, press Individual or Group.
Add No : Lets you add more destinations.
: Deletes the last digit entered.
C : Removes all digits of the selected entry.
Remove : Removes the selected fax number entry.
Remove All : Removes all the fax numbers in the input area.
Address : Picks up the frequently used fax numbers directly from your machine or from SyncThru Web
Service.
Duplex : Selects whether the machine send faxes one side of the original, both sides of the original.
Resolution : Adjusts the resolution options.
Advanced Tab
Original Size: Selects the size of the original document. Press OK to update current setting.
Delay Send: Sets the machine to send a fax at a later time without your intervention.
Priority Send: Sends an urgent fax before reserved operations.
Polling: Used when the receiver requests the document to be faxed remotely at senders absence or vice
versa. In order to use the polling function, the originals must be previously stored in the machine.
Mailbox: Used to store a received fax or originals in the machine memory which are ready to be polled. You
can use a mailbox on the same machine you are using, or the one on a remote machine. Each mailbox has
a corresponding mailbox number, name and password.
Back: Returns to the Basic tab.
Image Tab
Original Type: Enhances the fax quality based on the type of the original document being scanned.
Darkness: Adjusts the level of lightness or darkness of the fax.
Erase Background: Reduces dark backgrounds or paper patterns as in newspaper originals.
Color Mode: Selects whether the user sends the fax in mono or color.
Back: Returns to the Basic tab.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-62
Samsung Electronics
2.3.5.4 Understanding the SCAN screen
To use the scanning feature, press Scan to Email, Scan to Server , Scan to PC on the Main screen. If the
screen displays an other menu, press home button to go to the Main screen.
If the message asking Auth. ID and Password, it means the network administrator has set the authentication
in SyncThru Web Service.
Scan to Email: Scans and sends the scanned output to the destination by email.
Scan to Server: Scans and sends the scanned output to the destination with SMB and FTP.
Scan to PC: Scans and sends the scanned output to the destination with the Samsung Network Scan
Manager program.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-63
Samsung Electronics
Scan to Email
From: Senders email address.
To/Cc/Bcc: Recipients addresses. Cc is for copies to an additional recipient and Bcc is same as Cc but
without their name being displayed in the email.
- Address Book: Inputs the recipients address just by pressing stored addresses. If you press Search, you
can search the recipients address. If you press Detail, you can see the detailed information of selected
recipient. If you want to edit or delete a recipient, press Edit or Delete. Select recipients address and
click Apply. Press to return to the previous screen. You can store frequently used email addresses from
your computer using the SyncThru Web Service.
Subject/Message: Subject and message of the email.
Options:
- Original Size: Sets the originals to a specifc fxed size.
- Original Type: Selects whether the original is text or photo.
- Color Mode: Adjusts the color options of the scan output. If the original is color and you want to scan in
color, press Color Mode.
- Darkness: Adjusts the degree of darkness of the scan output. Use left/right arrow to adjust the values.
- Erase Background:Erases backgrounds like paper patterns.
- Scan to Edge: Scans originals from edge-to-edge.
- Quality: Adjusts the display quality of the scan output.
- File Format: Selects the fle format of the scan output.
- Scan Preset: Automatically changes some scan options such as fle format, resolution, and more. You
can adjust options to ft each specifc purpose.
- Duplex: Selects whether the machine scans on one side of the paper (1 Sided), both sides of the paper (2
Sided), or both sides of paper but back is rotated 180 degrees (2 Sided, Rotate Side 2).
- Resolution: Selects the scanning resolution value.
Default: Puts the default message in the input feld.
Start: Sends email. This button will be enabled if you have flled from address and one of To/Cc/Bcc
addresses.
Next: Moves to the next screen.
Previous: Returns to the previous screen. If the network authentication is enabled, the log off confrmation
message popes up and closes Scan to Email.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-64
Samsung Electronics
Scan to Server
- Basic tab
SMB: Sends the scanned fle to SMB. Press SMB for that option.
FTP: Sends the scanned fle to FTP. Press FTP for that option.
No.: Index number which you entered in SyncThru Web Service.
Server: Alias name which you entered in SyncThru Web Service.
Duplex: Selects whether the machine scans on one side of the paper (1 Sided), both sides of the paper (2
Sided), or both sides of paper but back is rotated 180 degrees (2 Sided, Rotate Side 2).
Resolution: Selects the scanning resolution value.
Back: Returns to the previous screen.
- Advanced tab
Original Size: Sets the originals to a specifc fxed size.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-65
Samsung Electronics
- Image tab
Original Type: Selects whether the original is text or photo.
Color Mode: Adjusts the color options of the scan output. If the original is color and you want to scan in
color, press Color Mode.
Darkness: Adjusts the degree of darkness of the scan output. Use left/right arrow to adjust the values.
Erase Background: Erases backgrounds like paper patterns.
Scan to Edge: Scans originals from edge-to-edge.
- Output tab
Quality: Adjusts the display quality of the scan output.
Scan Preset: Automatically changes some scan options such as fle format, resolution, and more. You can
adjust options to ft each specifc purpose.
File Format: Selects the fle format of the scan output.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-66
Samsung Electronics
Scan to PC
- Basic tab
If the authentication for network appears, you have to enter user name and password to enter the Scan to
PC screen. Then select an application and press Select to enter the Basic tab.
Duplex: Selects whether the machine scans on one side of the paper (1 Sided), both sides of the paper
(2 Sided), or both sides of paper but back is rotated 180 degrees (2 Sided, Rotate Side 2).
Resolution: Selects the scanning resolution value.
- Image tab
Color Mode : Selects the color mode.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-67
Samsung Electronics
2.3.5.5 Understanding the Document Box screen
The machine shows the document box list of the print or fax job.
Press Document Box on the Main screen. If the screen displays an other menu, press to go to the Main
screen.
User Box tab: Create the box where you can save the document such as the fle you have printed, sent by
email or scanned. When you create a box, you can set the password to secure your box.
The box with a password is called Secured Box, and without it, it is called public box.
System Box tab: The machine provided default boxes, which you cannot modify them.
Type: Shows the box is secured or not.
Box Name: Shows the box name.
Owner: Shows the user name of a box.
Date: Shows the date of a box created.
File: Shows the number of total fles in the box.
Add: Lets you add more boxes.
Delete: Deletes the selected box.
Edit: Lets you to modify a box name and an owner name.
Detail: Shows box information.
Product Overview
Service Manual
2-68
Samsung Electronics
2.3.5.6 Understanding the USB screen
When USB memory is inserted into the USB memory port on your machine, USB icon shows on the display
USB Format: You can delete image fles stored on an USB memory device one by one or all at once by
reformatting the device.
USB Print: You can directly print fles stored on an USB memory device. You can print TIFF, BMP, JPEG,
PDF, and PRN fles.
Scan to USB: You can specify image size, fle format, or color mode for each scanning to USB job.
Maintenance and Disassembly
Service Manual
3-1
Samsung Electronics
3. Maintenance and Disassembly
Introduction
To avoid print quality and paper feed problems resulting from worn parts and to maintain your
machine in top working condition the following items will need to be replaced after the specifed
number of pages or when the life span of each item has expired.
3.1 Maintenance
3.1.1 Precautions on Maintenance
Replacing
!!
The fuser is very hot. So turn the printer off and wait until the printer to cool before replacing it.
!!
To avoid the print quality problems, do not touch the surface of rollers.
(transfer roller, pick up roller, feed roller, Cartridge transfer Unit, Imaging Unit)
Cleaning

- Make sure the power cord is unplugged before the cleaning.
- Do not use fammable liquid cleaner or spray products for cleaning.
- Avoid making scratches while cleaning the parts.
- Avoid direct contact by hand on the Transfer Roller.
!!
Avoid exposing inner parts for a long duration of time.
!!
The surface of OPC drum in Imaging Unit can be affected by direct light if exposed for a long time.
(1~2 minutes is enough time for cleaning)
!!
The OPC surface of Imaging Unit and belt surface of Cartridge transfer unit must not be scratched.
Service Manual
3-2
Samsung Electronics
3.1.2 Check the consumables life
3.1.2.1 Printing Machine report
You can see the consumables life by printing a machine report.
1. Press the Machine setup button on the control panel.
2. Press Machine Status>the Machine Info tab>Print/Report
3. Select the report type, then the right side of the screen shows the list to print.
4. Select the list to print.
3.1.2.2 Monitoring the supplies life
If you want to view the consumables life, follow the next step.
1. Press the Machine Setup button on control panel.
2. Press the Machine Status
3. Scroll down to browse the entire supplies with list view the percentage remaining.
Service Manual
3-3
Samsung Electronics
3.1.3 Consumables (CRU : Customer Replacement Unit)
Model Name Description Life Image
CLX-C8540A Toner Cartridge (Cyan) 15K Pages
CLX-M8540A Toner Cartridge (Magenta) 15K Pages
CLX-Y8540A Toner Cartridge (Yellow) 15K Pages
CLX-K8540A Toner Cartridge (Black) 20K Pages
CLX-R8540C Imaging Unit (Cyan) 30K Pages
CLX-R8540M Imaging Unit (Magenta) 30K Pages
CLX-R8540Y Imaging Unit (Yellow) 30K Pages
CLX-R8540K Imaging Unit (Black) 30K Pages
CLX-W8380A Waste toner bottle 48K Images
Note
Declared yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798.
For ISO/IEC 19798 standard pages, refer to section 3 of chapter 6.
Image counts are based on one color on each page. If you print documents in full color (Yellow, Magenta,
Cyan, Black), the image count will be added by 4 images.
Service Manual
3-4
Samsung Electronics
3.1.4 Replacing the Consumables
3.1.4.1 Replacing the toner cartridge
1. Turn the machine off, then wait a few minutes for
the machine to cool.
2. Open the side cover.
3. Open the front cover.
4. Pull the corresponding toner cartridge out from
the machine.
5. Remove the new toner cartridge from its bag.
6. Thoroughly roll the new cartridge fve or six times
to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
7. Hold the new toner cartridge by the handle and
slide the new toner cartridge in until it locks in
place.
Service Manual
3-5
Samsung Electronics
3.1.4.2 Replacing the imaging unit
4. Pull the waste toner container out of the machine
using its handle.
5. Turn the imaging unit locking levers outwards to
release and open the inner cover.
8. Close the front cover, then the side cover.
9. Make sure that the cover is securely latched and
then turn the machine on.
Service Manual
3-6
Samsung Electronics
6. Pull the used imaging unit out of the machine
using the handle on its bottom.
7. Remove the new imaging unit from its bag.
8. Remove the paper protecting the surface of the
imaging unit.
9. Remove the cap, and carefully pull the seal
tapes out of the imaging unit.
10. Thoroughly shake the new imaging unit side to
side fve or six times.
11. Labels inside the machine identify each imaging
units position.
Holding the handles on the new imaging unit,
push the imaging unit until it locks in place.
12. Turn the imaging unit locking levers inwards
until it locks in place and close the inner cover.in
13. Insert the waste toner container into position
and then push it to make sure that it is frmly
seated in place.
15. Make sure that the cover is securely latched
and then turn the machine on.
Service Manual
3-7
Samsung Electronics
3.1.4.3 Replacing the waste toner container
using its handle.
5. Remove the containers cap from the container
as shown below, and use it to close the waste
toner container openings.
6. Take a new waste toner container out of its
package.
7. Insert the new container into position and then
push it to make sure that it is frmly seated in
place.
8. Close the front cover frmly.
9. Turn the machine on.
Service Manual
3-8
Samsung Electronics
3.1.5 Maintenance Parts (FRU : Field Replacement Unit)
Sec_Code Description Life Image
JC96-04601A
CARTRIDGE-TRANSFER
(ITB)
100K
JC97-02934A
MEA UNIT-TR
(Transfer roller Assy)
100K
JC96-04867A (110V)
JC96-04868A (220V)
ELA UNIT-FUSER LV
ELA UNIT-FUSER HV
100K
JC97-03097A
MEA-HOLDER ADF
RUBBER
50K
JC97-03099A
MEA-PICK UP
(DADF pick up Assy)
200K
JC97-02260A
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
(MP tray pad Assy)
50K
JC96-03533A ELA HOU-MP PICK UP 200K
JC97-03269A MEA UNIT-Exit Duplex 100K
JC97-02259A
MEA UNIT-ROLLER PU
(Pick up roller
Forward roller
Retard roller)
100K
JC90-00956A DUPLEX-COVER FILTER 100K
Service Manual
3-9
Samsung Electronics
Maintenance KIT List
Model code KIT component Part Code Qty Life time Remark
CLX-V8385A
CARTRIDGE-TRANSFER (ITB)
MEA UNIT-TR (Transfer roller)
ELA UNIT-FUSER HV (Fuser)
MEA UNIT-EXIT DUPLEX
MEA UNIT-ROLLER PU (Pick up/
Forward/ Retard roller)
DUPLEX-COVER FILTER
JC96-04601A
JC97-02934A
JC96-04868A
JC97-03269A
JC97-02259A
JC90-00956A
1
1
1
1
3
1
100K
100K
Korea
220V
CLX-V8385A/SEE
ELA UNIT-FUSER HV (Fuser)
DUPLEX-COVER FILTER
JC96-04601A
JC97-02934A
JC96-04868A
JC97-03269A
JC97-02259A
JC90-00956A
1
1
1
1
3
1
100K
Export
220V
CLX-V8385A/XAA
ELA UNIT-FUSER LV (Fuser)
DUPLEX-COVER FILTER
JC96-04601A
JC97-02934A
JC96-04867A
JC97-03269A
JC97-02259A
JC90-00956A
1
1
1
1
3
1
100K
Export
110V
Service Manual
3-10
Samsung Electronics
3.1.6 Location of Maintenance parts
Cartridge transfer
Transfer Roller
Fuser unit
DADF Pick up roller DADF rubber Pad
MP tray rubber pad
MP tray feed roller
Pick up roller
Duplex Cover Filter
Mea Unit Exit Duplex
Service Manual
3-11
Samsung Electronics
3.1.7 Replacing the Maintenance parts
3.1.7.1 How to replace the cartridge transfer unit
using its handle.
5. Turn the imaging unit locking levers inwards to
Service Manual
3-12
Samsung Electronics
3.1.7.2 How to replace the transfer roller
1. Open the side cover and then pull the guide-
paper up in the direction of arrow.
2. Push the latch in the two directions and pull the
Transfer roller. And replace the new one.
6. Take out the Cartridge transfer unit and replace
the new one.
7. Close the inner cover.
8. Insert the waste toner container.
Service Manual
3-13
Samsung Electronics
3.1.7.3 How to replace the Fuser unit
1. Open the side cover. 2. Pull the Fuser unit by holding the green lever.
And replace the new one
Service Manual
3-14
Samsung Electronics
3.1.7.4 How to replace the DADF pick up roller and rubber pad.
1. Open the DADF Cover.
2. Pull the bush in the direction of arrow. Then lift
the DADF pick up roller out.
3. Remove the rubber pad unit.
Service Manual
3-15
Samsung Electronics
3.1.7.5 How to replace the Pick-up Roller
1. To remove the pick up roller, frst take out the cassette. After remove the cassette, you can see 3 rollers
(Pick up/ Forward/ Retard) in the inner.
Pick Up Roller
Forward Roller
Retard Roller
Pick Up Roller
Forward Roller
Retard Roller
1
2
1
2
Pick Up Roller
Forward Roller
Retard Roller
Pick Up Roller
Forward Roller
Retard Roller
1
2
1
2
2. Take out the roller after pulling the hinge of pick up roller in the direction of arrow.
Service Manual
3-16
Samsung Electronics
3.1.7.6 How to replace the MP pad Unit and MP feed roller
3. Remove the 4 screws and 2 hooks and take out the MP Assy.
1. To remove the MP unit, frst remove the side duplex. (Refer to 3.2.2.13 Side duplex)

2. Remove the MP pad unit after remove the 1 screw.
Bracket
Gear
Bracket
Gear
Hook
Left
Right
Hook Hook Hook
Left
Right
Bracket
Gear
Bracket
Gear
Hook
Left
Right
Hook Hook Hook
Left
Right
Service Manual
3-17
Samsung Electronics
4. Done.
<How to replace the MP feed roller>
5. Release the harness from the holder.
6. Remove the spring from hook with some tools.
7. Remove the 4 screws from both side of MP unit.

8. Lift up the FRAME-MP TOP.
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
ELA HOU-MP
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
Service Manual
3-18
Samsung Electronics
9. Done.
10. Remove the RING-E(2 EA) from both side of
FRAME-MP LOWER.
11. Replace the ELA-HOU MP PICK-UP with new
one.
<How to reassemble MP feed roller>
12. Assemble the spring to ELA HOU-MP Pick up.
13. Fix the LATCH ARM F,R.
ELA- HOU MP PICK- UP ELA- HOU MP PICK- UP
Service Manual
3-19
Samsung Electronics
14. When reassembling the FRAME-MP TOP,
assemble the STOPPER PAPER F,R to be in
the hole.
15. Check that LATCH ARM F,R assemble properly.
16. Assemble the SPRING as shown below.
17. Assemble in reverse order after this step.
Service Manual
3-20
Samsung Electronics
1. Open the side duplex cover.
Release the Exit Duplex Unit by removing the 4 hooks after remove 1 screw.
3.1.7.7 How to replace the MEA UNIT-Exit Duplex
MEA UNIT-EXIT DUPLEX MEA UNIT-EXIT DUPLEX
Service Manual
3-21
Samsung Electronics
1. Open the side duplex cover. And press the hook as shown below.
2. Release the duplex-cover flter.
3.1.7.8 How to replace the DUPLEX-COVER FILTER
Service Manual
3-22
Samsung Electronics
3.1.8 Cleaning the machine
To maintain print and scan quality, follow the cleaning procedures below
each time the toner cartridge is replaced or if print and scan quality problems occur.
Caution
Cleaning the machine cabinet with cleaning materials that contain large amounts of alcohol, solvent, or
other strong substances can discolor or damage the cabinet.
If your machine or its surrounding is contaminated with toner, we recommend you to use cloth or tissue
dampened with water to clean it. If you use a vacuum cleaner, toner blows in the air and might be harmful
to you.
3.1.8.1 Cleaning Items and Interval
Item Interval or When
Replacement consumable
(Toner Cartridges, Imaging Units, WTB )
When displayed Toner Empty or Replace Drum or
Waste Toner Full .
Cleaning of Feed frame and Feed Rollers on
the paper-path
Misfeeds or Jams occur frequently
Cleaning of Document (Platen) glass
The same copy area is dirty whenever making copies.
Original cannot be cleanly scanned.
Cleaning of Platen Cover (sheet-sponge)
Cleaning Feeder and PAD in the DADF
Originals have black streaks or appear dirty after feeding
them in the DADF.
Cleaning of LSU glass
Streaks appear on copy sheet
Cleaning of Document glass for DADF
Cleaning of original guide plate in rear side of
DADF and DADF roller
Fasten the rest of the guide in the paper tray
(Width Guide and Length Guide)
Pick up a stack/tray of paper and fan it to
remove static cling
Multi-feeds occur frequently
Replace the Transfer roller
Image ghost, Light image, papers rear side contamination
occur.
Service Manual
3-23
Samsung Electronics
3.1.8.2 Cleaning the machine outside
Clean the machine cabinet with a soft lint-free cloth. You can dampen the cloth slightly with water, but be
careful not to let any water drip onto or into the machine.
3.1.8.3 Cleaning the machine inside
Clean every 100,000 sheets or every 6 months to maintain in good condition.
(When the life of Transfer Roller expires due to long usage.)
Clean in following order; Paper Path Parts, Transfer Roller area, Toner Cartridge and Imaging unit area in the
Inner Frame.
Clean with Vacuum Cleaner and Dry rag or Soft cloth.
using its handle.
5. Turn the imaging unit locking levers outwards to
Service Manual
3-24
Samsung Electronics
6. Take out the toner cartridge.
7. Take out the Imaging unit.
8. Lay the black paper on imaging unit to protect
the OPC surface.
9. Take out the cartridge transfer unit.
10. Clean the paper path parts.
Service Manual
3-25
Samsung Electronics
13. Release the transfer roller.
14. Clean the transfer roller area.
Service Manual
3-26
Samsung Electronics
18. Reassemble the transfer roller.
19. Clean the Frame inside.
20. Reassemble the Cartridge Transfer.
21. Reassemble the imaging unit.
22. Reassemble the toner cartridge.
23. Close the inner cover.
24. Insert the waste toner container.
25. Close the front cover.
26. Close the side cover.
Service Manual
3-27
Samsung Electronics
3.1.8.4 Cleaning the scan outside glass
Keeping the scan unit clean helps ensure the best possible copies. We suggest that you clean the scan unit
at the start of each day and during the day, as needed.
1 Slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with water.
2 Open the scanner lid.
3 Wipe the surface of the scanner glass and DADF glass until it is clean and dry.
4. Wipe the underside of the scanner lid until it is clean and dry.
5. Close the scanner lid.
3.1.8.5 Cleaning the scan inside glass
1. Perform the procedure 1~6 of 3.2.2.4 Scan Assy.
2. Wipe the surface of the scan inside glass.
3. Reassemble the Scan Assy.
Service Manual
3-28
Samsung Electronics
When you disassemble and reassemble
components, you must use extreme caution. The
close proximity of cables to moving parts makes
proper routing a must.
If components are removed, any cables disturbed
by the procedure must be restored as close as
possible to their original positions. Before removing
any component from the machine, note the cable
routing that will be affected.
Whenever servicing the machine, you
must perform as follows:
1. Check to verify that documents are not stored in
memory.
2. Be sure to remove the toner cartridge before you
disassemble parts.
3. Unplug the power cord.
4. Use a fat and clean surface.
5. Replace only with authorized components.
6. Do not force plastic-material components.
7. Make sure all components are in their proper
position.
Releasing Plastic Latches
Many of the parts are held in place with plastic
latches. The latches break easily; release them
carefully.
To remove such parts, press the hook end of the
latch away from the part to which it is latched.
3.2 Disassembly and Reassembly
3.2.1 General Precautions on Disassembly
Service Manual
3-29
Samsung Electronics
3.2.1.1 Screws used in the printer
Part_Code Location Description Qty
6003-000282 ELA UNIT-LSU SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 20
6003-000282 ELA UNIT-LD_Y SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 2
6001-000130
DUPLEX
SCREW-MACHINE;BH,+,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,-,- 2
6003-000196 SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 23
6003-000269 SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6002-000440
ELA HOU-DUPLEX
SCREW-TAPPING;PWH,+,-,2,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 4
6003-000264 MEA UNIT-TRAY SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,-,B,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 1
6003-000196 MEA UNIT-EXIT DUPLEX SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 1
6003-000196
FRAME
SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 9
6003-001256 SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M4,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 5
6009-001492 SCREW-HEX;HWH,+,M3,L8,NI PLT,SWRCH18A,S,RF 9
6003-000196
ELA UNIT-BASE FRAME
6009-001396
SCREW-SPECIAL;PH,+,-,M3,L10.3,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,B
TITE,-
2
6003-000282 ELA UNIT-SIZE SENSOR SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000266 ELA UNIT-CST SENSOR SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000269
ELA UNIT-BASE PLATE R
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 13
6003-001474 SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L30,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 3
6003-000196
ELA UNIT-PLATE UPPER
6003-000196 ELA HOU-MP SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 4
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-BASE RIGHT SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 6
6003-000269 MEA UNIT-RETARD SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000196
FRMAE-LOWER
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-HV ITB SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 4
6003-000269 ELA UNIT-WTB MOTOR SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000269 ELA UNIT-HOLDER OPC SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 11
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-HV TR SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 2
6003-000196 ELA HOU-BOTTLE BASE SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 13
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-HV DEVE SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 8
Service Manual
3-30
Samsung Electronics
6003-000196 FRAME REGI SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 5
6003-000196 ELA HOU-GUIDE REGI SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 6
6003-000196 MEA UNIT-F DR SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 1
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-FRAME UPPER SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 12
6003-000196 ELA HOU-GUIDE EXIT SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 2
6003-000269 ELA UNIT-SUPPORT SCAN SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 3
6009-001390 ELA UNIT-SCANNER
SCREW-SPECIAL;SPECIAL,,-,M3,L10,NI
PLT,SWRCH18A,B-TITE,D9, L13.5, DIME
1
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-PLATEN SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 6
6003-000196
ELA UNIT-SCAN LOWER
6003-000282 ELA UNIT-CCDM HIGH SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 10
6003-000282 MEA UNIT-COVER KHX SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 3
6003-000269 ELA UNIT-SCAN MOTOR SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6002-000440
ELA UNIT-SCAN UPPER
6003-000196 MEA UNIT-DUMMY UPPER SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 1
6003-000196
ELA HOU-DADF
6003-000196
ELA HOU-COVER PLATEN
6003-001324 SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M4,L16,NI PLT,SWRCH18A,- 8
6003-000196 ELA HOU-COVER JAM SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 1
6003-000196
ELA HOU-DADF SUB
6003-000269 ELA HOU-DADF MOTOR SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 4
6003-000269 ELA HOU-DUPLEX MOTOR SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6002-000440
ELA HOU-GUIDE SCAN
6003-000196 ELA HOU-COVER OPEN SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 5
6003-000196 MEA-EXIT SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 2
6003-000196 MEA-GUIDE PICKUP SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 4
6002-000440
MEA-TX STACKER
6003-000269
DRIVE MAIN
Service Manual
3-31
Samsung Electronics
6003-000269
DRIVE-DEVE
6003-000269
ELA UNIT-DRIVE FUSER
6003-000282 CARTRIDGE-TRANSFER SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 20
6003-000196
MAINLINE
6009-001390
SCREW-SPECIAL;SPECIAL,,-,M3,L10,NI
PLT,SWRCH18A,B-TITE,D9, L13.5, DIME
4
6009-001396
SCREW-SPECIAL;PH,+,-,M3,L10.3,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,B
TITE,-
4
6003-000196
ELA HOU-EXIT
6003-000196
ELA UNIT-SMPS UPPER
6003-000196 ELA UNIT-HOLDER_HVPS SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 2
6003-000269 ELA UNIT-SUPPORT REAR SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000282 CARTRIDGE-DRUM Y KIT SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 7
6001-000130
ELA HOU-DEVE UNIT
6003-000282 SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 5
6006-001193
SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,WSP,M3,10,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18
A,-,WD8,TEMPERED
2
6003-000282
CARTRIDGE-SUB OPC
CART
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000282 CARTRIDGE-DRUM M KIT SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 7
6001-000130
ELA HOU-DEVE UNIT
6006-001193
A,-,WD8,TEMPERED
2
6003-000282
CARTRIDGE-SUB OPC
CART
6003-000282 CARTRIDGE-DRUM C KIT SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 7
6001-000130
ELA HOU-DEVE UNIT
6006-001193
A,-,WD8,TEMPERED
2
6003-000282
CARTRIDGE-SUB OPC
CART
Service Manual
3-32
Samsung Electronics
6003-000282 CARTRIDGE-DRUM K KIT SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 7
6001-000130
ELA HOU-DEVE UNIT
6006-001193
A,-,WD8,TEMPERED
2
6003-000282 MEA UNIT-OPC CART SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000261
CARTRIDGE-TONER K KIT
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L6,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-000261
ELA UNIT-TONER Y
6003-000261
CARTRIDGE-TONER M KIT
6003-000261
ELA UNIT-TONER C
6003-000196
ELA HOU-OPE
6003-000196 ELA HOU-OPE COVER SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,B,M3,L10,NI PLT,SWRCH18A 7
6002-000440
ELA UNIT-FUSER LV
6002-000440
MEA UNIT-CASSETTE
6006-001193
A,-,WD8,TEMPERED
1
6002-000440 MEA UNIT-LIFTING GEAR SCREW-TAPPING;PWH,+,-,2,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A,- 2
6003-001001 MEA UNIT-COVER FRONT SCREW-TAPTITE;FH,+,B,M3,L8,ZPC(BLK),SWRCH18A 2
6002-000440
MEA UNIT-COVER INNER
6002-000440
MEA UNIT-FRONT OPC
6006-001078
SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,WSP,B,M3,L10,ZPC(WHT),SWRCH1
8A,-
12
Service Manual
3-33
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2 General Disassembly
3.2.2.1 Cover
1. Remove the 12 screws from the rear of SET.
2. Remove the 4 screws from the left side of SET.
And remove the Cover Panel MFP.
3. Remove the COVER-PANEL MFP.
4. Remove the Cover rear and the Cover rear
lower.
5. Remove the 2 screws and then remove the Unit
Cover Top.
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
Note : In case of being installed the fax kit, remove the fax kit after
remove the 2 screws.
Service Manual
3-34
Samsung Electronics
6. Open the Side Duplex Cover and the Front cover. And then remove the left side cover.
SIDE-DUPLEX COVER
COVER-FRONT COVER-
SIDE LEFT
SIDE-DUPLEX COVER
COVER-FRONT COVER-
SIDE LEFT
Service Manual
3-35
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.2 DADF Unit
1. Remove 3 screws, and disassemble the DADF
harness cover.
2. Remove the bracket by using a tool such as
tweezers.
Unplug the harness.
3. Make the DADF unit stand at an angle of 45
degrees and lift up and separate it.
4. Open the DADF cover, and remove the one
screw.
5. Lift up the stacker, and remove the two screws.
Service Manual
3-36
Samsung Electronics
5. Remove the front/rear cover of the DADF.
6. Unplug the all harness from the DADF board.
7. Remove the 2 screws, and then remove the
harness holder.
8. Remove the 3 screws, and then remove the
DADF board.
9. Pull the bush in the direction of arrow. Then lift
the DADF pick up roller out.
10. Remove the DADF pad unit.
Service Manual
3-37
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.3 OPE
1. Pull up the OPE cover.
2. Remove 3 screws.
3. Lift up the OPE unit as shown below.
4. Unplug 2 connectors on the OPE PBA. And
release the OPE unit from set.
5. Lift up the OPE assy as shown below, and
Unplug the connector. And release the OPE
assy from set.
6. Disconnect the 2 harness, 3 fexible pcb, and
remove the 4 screws. And then remove the OPE
PBA.
Service Manual
3-38
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.4 Scan Assy

3.2.2.4.1 Platen Assy
Note Before disassembling the platen unit, remove the DADF unit (3.2.2.2) and OPE unit(3.2.2.3)
But, when replacing the DADF, Scanner, OPE unit on the whole, it is not necessary.
1. Open the side door. Remove 2 screws. And
remove the Front dummy cover.
2. Remove the 4 screws from front-down side of
scan assy.
1
2
3
1
2
3
7. To remove the LCD panel, remove the 10 screws. Take out the LCD panel after remove the LCD panel
shield.
Service Manual
3-39
Samsung Electronics
3. Remove the 3 screws and all harness connected
to scan assy.
4. Lift up and release the Platen Assy.
1. Remove the 6 screws (cap hole screw 3 EA) 2. Open the side cover. Pull both bottom sides of
the scan upper , lift up and release it.
1
2
3
1
2
3
3.2.2.4.2 Scan upper (Scan glass)
Note Before disassembling the platen unit, remove the DADF unit (3.2.2.2) and OPE unit(3.2.2.3)
But, when replacing the DADF, Scanner, OPE unit on the whole, it is not necessary.
Service Manual
3-40
Samsung Electronics
1. Lift the CCD unit up and remove the FFC cable.
And remove the CCD unit from the set.
2. Remove the CCD cable cover.
3.2.2.4.3 CCD Unit and FFC cable
Note Before disassembling the CCD unit, remove the scan upper (3.2.2.4.2)
3. Release the Lever-locker from the scan upper
after remove the 2 screws.
Service Manual
3-41
Samsung Electronics
3. Remove the rear cover. And unplug the FFC cable on Video PBA.
Service Manual
3-42
Samsung Electronics
1. Remove the APS sensor cover by unhooking as
shown below.
2. Unplug the harness and remove 2 screws
Replace APS sensors.
Note
When replacing the APS sensor,
connect the harness.
Hook Hook Hook
APS
Sensor
APS
Sensor
Hook Hook Hook
APS
Sensor
APS
Sensor
Hook Hook Hook
APS
Sensor
APS
Sensor
3.2.2.4.4 APS sensor
Note Before disassembling the APS sensor, remove the scan upper (3.2.2.4.2)
Service Manual
3-43
Samsung Electronics
1. Remove 4 screws. Release the Scan motor. 2. Release the belt while compressing the spring.
3.2.2.4.5 Scan motor and belt
Note Before disassembling the scan motor and belt, remove the scan upper (3.2.2.4.2)
Service Manual
3-44
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.5 Video board
1. Remove 8 screws. And remove the rear cover.
2, Unplug the harness on the video board.
3. Remove 4 screws. Release the video board with
the shield from the engine board.
And release the board from the shield by
removing screws.
Caution
Whenreassemblingit,fttheshieldtobelatched.
Caution
When replacing the Video board, you must insert
the MSOK on new video board.
Service Manual
3-45
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.6 Engine Board
1. Remove 8 screws. And remove the rear cover.
2. Unplug the harness on the video board.
3. Remove 4 screws.
Release the video board with the shield from the
engine board.
4. Unplug the all harness and remove the 9 screws.
And release the engine board from the shield.
Service Manual
3-46
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.7 SMPS board and FDB board
1. Remove 12 screws. And remove the Cover rear
and the Cover rear lower.
2. Remove 3 screws. Unplug the harness.
And release the SMPS shield.
And release the SMPS board from the shield.
And release the FDB board from the shield.
Caution
When reassembling the SMPS shield cover, be
careful not to cut the harness.
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
M3X10
M4X10
Service Manual
3-47
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.8 Main Drive Unit
1. Remove the 4 screws and remove the SMPS
cover.
2.Remove3fxersfromclutches.Unplugone
connector and remove one screw. And remove
the 3 clutches below.
Note
When disassembling the main drive unit, Dont
have to unplug the 3 below clutch harness. If you
wanttoreplacetheseclutches,refertothenext
page.
3. Remove the Main Drive Unit after removing 6
screws.
Note
When reassembling the main drive unit, do it after
pressingtheACRsensorwithfnger.
Fixer Fixer
Fixer Fixer
Service Manual
3-48
Samsung Electronics
< How to replace the cluch >
Precautions
1. Hold the harness with the nipper.
Caution
Dont grip with force. It is easy to disconnect.
2. Unplug the harness as shown below.
1. When reassembling the 2 clutch below, check the harness color.
There is the incuse on the shield. B/B means black/black harness, G/B means gary/black harness.
B/B
G/B
Service Manual
3-49
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.9 Deve Drive Unit
Before removing the deve drive unit, remove the video board.
3.2.2.10 Fuser Drive Unit
Before removing the fuser drive unit, remove the engine board.
1. Release the harness holder in the direction of
arrow after remove the 2 screws.
2. Remove the 6 screws, and remove the Deve
Drive unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws, and remove the Fuser
Drive unit.
Service Manual
3-50
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.11 LSU
1. Remove 5 screws on the COVER-SIDE LEFT.
2. Open the SIDE-DUPLEX COVER and the COVER FRONT. And then remove the COVER-SIDE LEFT.
3. Remove 9 screws and remove the HVPS large PBA.
SIDE-DUPLEX COVER
COVER-FRONT COVER-
SIDE LEFT
SIDE-DUPLEX COVER
COVER-FRONT COVER-
SIDE LEFT
HVPS large
PBA
COVER-SIDE
LEFT
Service Manual
3-51
Samsung Electronics
4.Removetheprotectionflm.
5. Remove 3 screws and release the Holder HVPS.
6. Remove 1 screw. Release the spring. And take
off the pusher LSU.
7. Unplug the LSU Joint harness. And release the
LSU.
Caution
When reassembling the LSU, be careful not to cut
or oppress the LSU joint harness.
Protection Film Protection Film
Holder
HVPS
Holder
HVPS
Pusher LSU Pusher LSU
LSU LSU
LSU Joint Harness LSU Joint Harness
Holder
HVPS
Holder
HVPS
LSU LSU
Holder
HVPS
Holder
HVPS
LSU LSU
Holder
HVPS
Holder
HVPS
LSU LSU
Holder
HVPS
Service Manual
3-52
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.12 HVPS board
1. Remove 5 screws on the COVER-SIDE LEFT.
2. Open the SIDE-DUPLEX COVER and the COVER FRONT. And then remove the COVER-SIDE LEFT.
3. Remove 9 screws Unplug all harness. And remove the HVPS large PBA.
SIDE-DUPLEX COVER
COVER-FRONT COVER-
SIDE LEFT
SIDE-DUPLEX COVER
COVER-FRONT COVER-
SIDE LEFT
HVPS large
PBA
COVER-SIDE
LEFT
Service Manual
3-53
Samsung Electronics
4. Remove the protection sheet. 5. Unplug all harness and 5 screws.
And release HVPS small board.
Caution
When reassembling the HVPS board, be careful to
connect the ground harness.
Service Manual
3-54
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.13 Side Duplex
1. Remove the cover rear. (Refer to 3.2.2.1 Cover)
2. Find the sensor harness and unplug it.
3. Cut the cable tie.
4. Remove the mold E-Ring and clutch.
Service Manual
3-55
Samsung Electronics
5. Remove 2 screws.
6. Unplug the connector.
7.Openthesidecover(Sideduplex).
8. Release the holder from both side.
Service Manual
3-56
Samsung Electronics
Caution - Dont open the side cover over a right angle.
9.Liftupthesideduplextoremovethehookfrombothside.Andreleasethesideduplex.
Caution -Whenreassemblingthesideduplex,pleasecheckthatbothhookisputproperly.
Service Manual
3-57
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.14 ACR/CTD Sensor
3.Rotatethegearinthemaindrivewithfngers.andmaketheACRcoverCAMposition(3-2)asshown
below.
1. Open the side door. Take off the fuser unit. 2. Open the front cover. And remove the cartridge
transfer unit.
3-1 3-2 3-1 3-2
3-1 3-2 3-1 3-2
3-1 3-2 3-1 3-2
Service Manual
3-58
Samsung Electronics
4. Remove the spring from the right of the ACR
sensor cover.
5. Loose the screw from the right of the ACR
sensor cover until the cover can be removed.
6. Replace the ACR sensor Front/Rear and CTD
sensor.
ACR_F CTD ACR_R ACR_F CTD ACR_R
Service Manual
3-59
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.15 Duplex Sensor
1. Open the side door. Take off the fuser unit.
2. Remove 2 screws on the Regi Guide.
3. Remove 2 hooks with tweezers from both side.
4.Replacetheduplexsensor.
Regi Guide Regi Guide
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Hook 1
Hook 2
Service Manual
3-60
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.16 Exit Sensor
1. Open the side door. Take off the fuser unit.
2.Remove4screws.RemovetheGuideExit.
3.ReplacetheExitsensor.
Guide Exit Guide Exit
Exit Sensor Exit Sensor
Service Manual
3-61
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.17 Feed Sensor
1. Open the side door.
2. Remove the spring to connect the feed roller
Assy.
3. Push the Assy to the direction or arrow.
4. Remove 2 hooks(1,2) of the harness guide.
5. Remove a hook (3) of the harness guide.
6. Replace the Feed sensor.
Feed Roller
Assy
Feed Roller
Assy
Spring Spring
Hook 3 Hook 3
Hook 1,2 Hook 1,2
Feed Sensor Feed Sensor
Feed Roller
Assy
Feed Roller
Assy
Spring Spring
Hook 3 Hook 3
Hook 1,2 Hook 1,2
Feed Roller
Assy
Feed Roller
Assy
Spring Spring
Hook 3 Hook 3
Hook 1,2 Hook 1,2
Feed Roller
Assy
Feed Roller
Assy
Spring Spring
Hook 3 Hook 3
Hook 1,2 Hook 1,2
Feed Roller
Assy
Feed Roller
Assy
Spring Spring
Hook 3 Hook 3
Hook 1,2 Hook 1,2
Feed Roller
Assy
Feed Roller
Assy
Spring Spring
Hook 3 Hook 3
Hook 1,2 Hook 1,2
Service Manual
3-62
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.18 Regi Sensor
1. Release the Regi Clutch on Main Drive unit.
2. Release both side door supports.
3. Remove 4 screws and release the Regi. guide.
4. Remove 7 screws on Regi Frame.
5. Put down the clutch part of the regi frame.
6. Replace the Feed sensor.
Service Manual
3-63
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.19 WTB Full Sensor
1. Remove the waste toner box (WTB). Open the
Front OPC.
2. Remove the imaging unit.
3. Remove 2 screws and release the WTB full
sensor cover.
Front OPC Front OPC
WTB full sensor
Cover
WTB full sensor
Cover
Front OPC Front OPC
WTB full sensor
Cover
WTB full sensor
Cover
Front OPC Front OPC
WTB full sensor
Cover
WTB full sensor
Cover
Service Manual
3-64
Samsung Electronics
4. Hold the Waste Full sensor harness (4 Pin on HVPS) and WTB Full sensor with hands. Carefully pull them
to the direction of arrow until you can see the joint connector.
5. Replace the WTB full sensor.
Waste Full sensor
(4pin on HVPS) Joint Connector
WTB Full sensor
Waste Full sensor
WTB Full sensor
Waste Full sensor
WTB Full sensor
Service Manual
3-65
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.20 1-bin Finisher
1. Unplug the connector from the SET.
2. Pull the Finisher carefully from the SET with
pushing the latch.
3. Push the hook and release the tray stacker.
4. Release the cover scan dummy [A] after
removing 1 screw.
5. Take out the staple cartridge [B].
And remove 3 screws.
6. Remove 1 screw.
[A] [A]
[B] [B]
[A] [A]
[B] [B]
[A] [A]
[B] [B]
[A] [A]
[B] [B]
[A] [A]
[B] [B]
[A] [A]
[B] [B]
Service Manual
3-66
Samsung Electronics
7. Release the front cover [C].
8. To remove the rear cover, remove 1 screw.
9. Remove 1 screw.
10. Release the rear cover.
11. To remove the top cover, remove 2 screws.
12. Release the top cover [E] after removing
2 screws.
[C] [C]
[D] [D]
[E] [E]
[C] [C]
[D] [D]
[E] [E]
[C] [C]
[D] [D]
[E] [E]
[C] [C]
[D] [D]
[E] [E]
[C] [C]
[D] [D]
[E] [E]
[C] [C]
[D] [D]
[E] [E]
Service Manual
3-67
Samsung Electronics
13. Release the paddle [F].
14. To remove the stay stacker, remove 2 screws.
15. Release the stay stacker after removing 2
screws.
16. To remove the fnisher main PBA, remove 2
screws.
17. Remove 2 screws.
18. Lift the shield stacker up and unplug the
connector.
[F] [F]
[F] [F]
[F] [F]
[F] [F]
[F] [F]
[F] [F]
Service Manual
3-68
Samsung Electronics
19. Unplug all connector on board. Remove 3
screws and 3 fxer. And release the PBA.
20. To remove the Finisher connector, remove 2
screws.
21. Release the fnisher connector after removing 1
screw.
22. Unplug 2 connectors. Remove 3 screws.
And release the stapler unit.
23. Remove 2 screw. Unplug the connector.
And remove the motor unit.
24. Release the bracket rear cover after removing
2 screws.
[G] [G]
[G]
[G]
[G] [G]
Service Manual
3-69
Samsung Electronics
25. Release the bracket rear cover after removing
2 screws.
26. To remove the duplex guide [H], remove
3 screws.
27. Lift up and release the duplex guide after
removing 3 screws from the opposite side.
28. Release the guide exit unit [I] after removing
4 screws and connector.
[H] [H]
Connector
[I]
Connector
[I]
[H] [H]
Connector
[I]
Connector
[I]
[H] [H]
Connector
[I]
Connector
[I]
[H] [H]
Connector
[I]
Connector
[I]
Service Manual
3-70
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.21 Mail box
1. Lift up Mail box Unit.
2. Remove the Stacker. (4 ea)
3. Remove 2 screws to separate front/rear cover.
4. Remove the front cover. Separate the rear cover
after remove the harness.
5. Remove the jam cover.
Service Manual
3-71
Samsung Electronics
6. Remove the top cover after remove 4 screws.
7. pen the Assy Shiled TOP. If necessary, remove
switch or sensor.
8. To remove the Motor, remove 4 screws and 4
harness.
9. Remove the 2 SPUR Gear after remove screw.
Caution
When re-assembling, align the groove of both gear.
Top cover Top cover
Top cover Top cover
Top cover Top cover
Top cover Top cover
Service Manual
3-72
Samsung Electronics
10. Separate the bracket and main board after
remove 5 screws.
11. Remove the SPUR Gear after remove screw.
12. There are 3 Assy actuator shield. This manual
describes disassembly procedure for middle
shield. Remove 2 screws (green color) from the
front.
13. Remove 2 screws (green color) from the rear.
14. Remove the ROLLER:STACKER.
15. Remove the SEPARATE:PAWL:FEED by
unhooking the side.
Service Manual
3-73
Samsung Electronics
16. Push the Assy actuator shield to the direction of
arrow. And Separate it from the opposite side.
17. Done
Service Manual
3-74
Samsung Electronics
3.2.2.22 2-Bin Finisher
1. Unplug the connector.
2. Keep the 1c lever pull up and remove the
fnisher unit from the SET.
3. Remove the staple cartridge.
4. To remove the cover, remove the 2 screws.
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Top view
Bottom view
Service Manual
3-75
Samsung Electronics
5. Remove the 3 screws.
6. If some part such as sensor, switch in below
picture is defective, replace it.
7. Remove the 3 screws and take off the cover.
8. If some part in below picture is defective, replace
it.
Service Manual
3-76
Samsung Electronics
10. Open the cover and unplug the connector. 11. Remove the fnisher board after remove the 3
screws.
9. Remove the 4 screws from both side.
Service Manual
3-77
Samsung Electronics
15. Remove the duplex guide.
16. Remove the sensor.
17. Remove the paddle.
Service Manual
3-78
Samsung Electronics
21. Open the top cover. If necessary, remove the
sensor.
Service Manual
3-79
Samsung Electronics
3.2.3 Boards and Connectors
This section shows boards and connectors for connection error.
3.2.3.1 Video Board and Connectors
ENGINE IF
(CN17)
DDR2 EXTENSION DIMM /
Option (CN 2)
SATA POWER
(CN 8)
CIP6 DEBUG
(CN10)
DDR2 BASE DIMM
(CN 1)
FDI IF
(CN19)
SPGPV4 DEBUG
(CN 3)
SPGPV4 JTAG
(CN 4)
SCAN IF 1
(CN16)
SCAN IF 2
(CN18)
FAX IF
(CN 5)
MSOK IF
(CN11)
OPE
(CN13)
OPE MAIN
(CN12)
SATA IF
(CN 7)
USB HOST
(CN14)
LAN
(CN 6)
USB DEVICE
(CN15)
Service Manual
3-80
Samsung Electronics
3.2.3.2 Engine Board and Connectors
MAIN IF (CN12)
ACR (CN15)
SMPS2 5V (CN20)
LSU P-MOTOR
(CN21)
HVPS 2 (CN33)
LSU 1&2 (CN34)
BASE & DUPLEX
(CN 8)
ACR NEW (CN41)
T2 & BLDC ITB
(CN16)
SMPS3 SIGNAL
(CN17)
COVER OPEN-L
(CN18)
CRUM IF (CN101)
SMPS1 24V (CN23)
REGI SENS (CN31)
LSU TEMP (CN100)
COVER OPEN-U
(CN 7)
BLDC BK (CN26)
CLUTCHS (CN29)
MP (CN38)
EXIT (CN 1)
HVPS 3 (CN40)
HVPS 1 (CN25)
LSU 3&4 (CN22)
BLDC DEVE (CN28)
FAN & FUSER & HUMI
(CN27)
T1 ENG SENS
(CN35)
SCF (CN32)
DEVE CRUM (CN77)
FINISHER
(CN37)
WASTE MOT &
LSU CLN (CN39)
BLDC OPC
(CN24)
DUPLEX & TOP SENS
(CN30)
TB MT (CN102)
STEP MOT (CN 4)
BLDC FUSER
(CN 5)
THERMISTOR
(CN 3)
EXIT SENS (CN 6)
DEBUG (CN11)
ENGINE USB
(CN10)
ENGINE PANEL
(CN 9)
Service Manual
3-81
Samsung Electronics
3.2.3.3 OP Board and Connectors
KEY SUB (CN4)
OPE MAIN IF 1
(CN1)
OPE MAIN IF 2
(CN2)
KEY INTERFACE
(CN3)
JTAG
(CN12)
LCD INTERFACE
(CN6)
HYPER
(CN9)
TOUCH PAD
(CN8)
BACK LIGHT
(CN7)
Service Manual
3-82
Samsung Electronics
3.2.3.4 SMPS Board and Connectors
OUTPUT 24V1/2/3/4
(CON2)
INPUT AC
(CON1)
CONTROL SIGNAL
(CON4)
OUTPUT 5V1/2/3
(CON3)
3.2.3.5 FDB Board and Connectors
FUSER CONTROL
(CON1)
INLET AC
(CON2)
FUSER AC
(CON4)
SMPS AC
(CON3)
Service Manual
3-83
Samsung Electronics
3.2.3.6 HVPS-L Board and Connectors
T1 Y/M/C/K
(CN8)
MHV (AC+DC) Y/M
(CN5)
MHV (AC+DC) C/K
(CN6)
FAN_LSU
(CN3)
HVPS 1
(CN1)
HVPS 2
(CN2)
WTB FULL SENS
(CN4)
T2
3.2.3.7 HVPS-S Board and Connectors
FUSER BIAS
(CN4)
SAWPLATE
(CN3)
DEVE Y/M/C/K
(CN2)
HVPS 3
(CN5)
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-1
Samsung Electronics
4. Troubleshooting
Duplex Pass
MP Feed
Cassette Feed
Finisher Pass
Simplex Pass
Duplex Pass
MP Feed
Cassette Feed
Finisher Pass
Simplex Pass
4.1 Paper jam
- Paper Path
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-2
Samsung Electronics
4.1.1 Paper jam and clearing intruction
If a paper jam is occurred, the corresponding error message appears. In the LCD display. Find and remove
the jammed paper. If you dont see the paper, open the covers. Do not use a tweezers, pincers or other metal
tools when clearing a paper jam. This could damage the internal mechanism causing print quality problems
or possibly electrical shock.
JAM type
Standard tray
LSU Unit
Scanner Unit
Cartridge-Transfer Unit
Duplex Unit
Jam 0
Jam 1
Jam 2
Duplex Jam 1
-Drum Unit
DADF Unit
Duplex Jam 2
Standard tray
LSU Unit
Scanner Unit
Cartridge-Transfer Unit
Duplex Unit
Jam 0
Jam 1
Jam 2
Duplex Jam 1
Toner Cartridge
Imaging Unit
DADF Unit
Duplex Jam 2
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-3
Samsung Electronics
Description of JAM types and instruction
Jam 0
Case
Leading edge of media does not arrive at Regi sensor within a programmed period of
time after pick-Up (If fails at a time, it tries pick-up again)
JAM Removal
1. Pull out the cassette 2. Remove a jammed paper
Or
1. Open side cover 2. Lift up Frame-Feed_Idle_Roller 3. Remove jammed paper
JAM Layout
Feed Roller
Pick-Up
Photo
Feed Roller
Pick-Up
JAM1 / Duplex JAM0
Case
Leading edge of media does not arrive at Exit Sensor within a programmed period of
time after regi sensor
Or
Leading edge of media does not arrive at Exit Sensor within a programmed period of
time after touching Duplex Ready Sensor
JAM Removal 1. Open side cover 2. Remove a jammed paper
JAM Layout
Exit Sensor
Fuser
Exit Sensor
Fuser
ITB
T2 T2
Registration
Regi Sensor
ITB
Registration
Regi Sensor
Photo
Exit Sensor
Fuser
Exit Sensor
Fuser
ITB
T2 T2
Registration
Regi Sensor
ITB
Registration
Regi Sensor
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-4
Samsung Electronics
JAM 2
Case
Trailing edge of media does not pass Exit Sensor within a programmed period of time
after touching Regi Sensor
JAM Removal
1. Open side cover 2. Remove a jammed paper
Or
1. Remove jammed paper from exit
JAM Layout Exit Sensor
Fuser
Photo
Exit Sensor
Fuser
DUPLEX JAM1
Case
Trailing edge of media passed Exit Sensor, but has not been arrived at Duplex Jam1
Sensor
JAM Removal
1. Open side cover 2. Remove a jammed paper
Or
1. Remove jammed paper from exit
JAM Layout
Exit Sensor
Duplex Jam1 Sensor
Fuser
Photo
Exit Sensor
Duplex Jam1 Sensor
Fuser
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-5
Samsung Electronics
DUPLEX JAM 2
Case
Trailing edge of media passed Exit sensor, but has not been arrived Duplex jam1
sensor within a certain time
JAM Removal
1. Open Side Cover
2. Remove a jammed paper
JAM Layout
Exit Sensor
Duplex Jam1 Sensor
Duplex Ready Sensor
Duplex
Regi Roller
T2
Fuser
Photo
Exit Sensor
Duplex Jam1 Sensor
Duplex Ready Sensor
Duplex
Regi Roller
T2
Fuser
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-6
Samsung Electronics
4.1.2.1 Tips for avoiding paper jams
By selecting the specifed media types, most paper jams can be avoided.
Ensure that the adjustable guides are positioned as specifed.
Do not overload the tray. Ensure that the paper level is below the paper capacity mark on the inside of the
tray.
Do not remove papers from the tray while your machine is printing.
Flex, fan, and straighten papers before loading.
Do not use creased, damp, or highly curled paper.
Do not mix paper types in a tray.
Use only recommended types and sizes of print media.
Ensure that the recommended side of the print media is facing up in the trays but facing down in the multi-
purpose tray.
If paper jams occur frequently when you print on A5/B5-sized paper: Load the paper into the tray with the
long edge facing the front of the tray. If load the paper this way, printing both sides of the paper (Duplex) is
not supported.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-7
Samsung Electronics
4.1.2.2 Clearing original document jams
When an original jams while passing through the DADF, the warming message appears on the display
screen.
1. Remove any remaining pages from the DADF.
2. Open the DADF cover.
3. Gently remove the jammed paper from the
DADF.
4. Close the DADF cover. Then reload the pages
you removed, if any, in the DADF.
Misfeed of exiting paper
1. Remove the remaining documents from the
DADF.
2. Open the DADF cover.
3. Open the document input tray upwards and pull
the document gently out of the DADF.
4. Close the DADF cover and the document input
tray. Then place the documents back in the
DADF.
1 scanner lid
1
1 scanner lid
1
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-8
Samsung Electronics
Roller misfeed
1. Open the scanner lid.
2. Grasp the misfed paper, and remove the paper
from the feed area by carefully pulling it to the
right using both hands.
if you do not see the paper in this area, stop and
go to step 3.
3. Open the white document background.
4. Remove the paper from the feed area by
carefully pulling.
5. Close the white document background and the
scanner lid. Then load the removed pages back
into the DADF.
1 scanner lid
1
1 scanner lid
1
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-9
Samsung Electronics
In the tray 1
2. Open the guide in the direction shown.
4.1.2.3 Jam messages and clearing instructions
When a paper jam occurs, the warming message appears on the display screen. Refer to the table below to
locate and clear the paper jam.
Message Location of jam
Paper Jam in tray 1
Paper Jam in tray2
Paper Jam in tray 2(HCF)
Paper Jam in tray3
Paper Jam in MP tray
In the paper feed area (tray 1, optional tray, or
multi-purpose tray)
Paper Jam in exit area In the paper inside the machine
Paper Jam inside of machine In the fuser area
Paper Jam at the bottom of duplex path
Paper Jam at the top of duplex path
Paper Jam inside of duplex path
In the duplex unit
Paper jam in front of fnisher Paper jammed in the stacker.
Paper jam inside fnisher
Paper jam at exit of fnisher Paper jammed in the stacker exit part.
Paper jam inside fnishers duplex Paper jammed in the stacker.

Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-10
Samsung Electronics
3. Carefully remove the misfed paper in the
direction shown.
If the paper does not move when you pull, or if
you do not see any paper in this area, stop and
go to step 4.
4. Lift the front part of the tray up slightly to release
the tray from the machine.
5. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it
straight out.
Once you remove the jammed paper here, open
the side cover and then close it to clear the error
message on the display.
6. Close the side cover and insert the paper tray.
Lower the rear part of the Tray to align the rear
edge with the corresponding slot of the machine,
then insert it completely.

Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-11
Samsung Electronics
In the optional tray
1. Open the outer cover in tray 2.
2. Open the inner cover of tray 2.
3. Pull the jammed paper out in the direction
shown. To avoid tearing the paper, pull it out
gently and slowly.
go to step 4.
4. Lift the front part of the tray slightly up to release
you do not see the paper in this area, stop and
go to step 3.
5. Remove the paper in the direction shown. To
avoid tearing the paper, pull it out gently and
slowly.
6. Insert the paper tray and close the two covers.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-12
Samsung Electronics
In the optional high capacity feeder
1. Open the outer cover of the high capacity feeder.
2. Open the inner cover of the high capacity feeder.
3. Pull the jammed paper out, in the direction
shown, pulling gently and slowly in order to avoid
tearing the paper.
go to step 4.
4. Pull out the optional high capacity feeder.
5. Lift the front part of the tray slightly up to release
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-13
Samsung Electronics
6. Remove the paper in the direction shown. Pull
it out gently and slowly in order to avoid tearing
the paper.
If the jammed paper is not visible, or if the paper
is stuck, stop pulling and continue on to step 5.
7. Insert the paper tray and close the two covers.
In the multi-purpose tray
1. If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the
paper out of the machine.
2. Open and close the side cover. Printing
automatically resumes.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-14
Samsung Electronics
In the paper inside the machine
2. Remove the jammed paper, in the direction
shown.
If you do not see any paper in this area, go to
step 3.
3. Open the guide in the direction shown and pull
the jammed paper gently out of the machine.
4. Open and close the front cover to resume
printing.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-15
Samsung Electronics
In the fuser area
2. Remove the jammed paper, in the direction
shown.
3. Close the side cover. Printing automatically
resumes.
In the duplex unit area
If the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, paper
jam may occur. Make sure that the duplex unit is
inserted correctly.
2. Release the guide to pull the jammed paper
easily.
3. Remove the jammed paper.
4. Close the side cover.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-16
Samsung Electronics
In the stacker (fnisher)
Paper jam in front of fnisher
1. Open the stacker front cover.
2. Press right of 1c lever and then push stacker to
left.
4. Slide in the stacker until you hear the sound
click.
5. Close the stacker front cover.
Paper jam inside fnisher, Paper jam inside
fnishers duplex
1. Open the stacker front cover.
2. Pull the stacker lever 1a down. If necessary, pull
the stacker lever 1b down as well.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-17
Samsung Electronics
4. Pull up on the stacker lever and then close the
stacker front cover.
Paper jam at exit of fnisher
1. Gently pull the paper out through the exit area.
2. Close the side cover. Printing automatically
resumes.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-18
Samsung Electronics
4.2 Firmware Upgrade
Firmware upgrade can be performed using USB or network port.
Network applications (SWAS, SWS) can be used for network port upgrade.
4.2.1 Using the common method
Unplug the network cable and fax (Tel) cable.
Download the frmware fle in the temporary folder. And unzip the fle.
Delete all current jobs from Job Status window
Connect USB cable in the machine (idle state)
Send frmware fle( *.hd ) by usblist2
- Drag the f/w fle and Drop down on the usbprn2.exe. And then f/w update will be started automatically.
Please wait until end reboot.
Drag and Drop
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-19
Samsung Electronics
4.2.2 F/W upgrade using SWAS (SyncThru Web Admin Service)
- Start the SWAS program.
(Windows Start menu > Programs > Samsung Netowork Printer Utilities > SyncThru Web Admin Service)
Firmware Upgrade Upgrade (check device using IP address)
Maintenance Firmware upload (register frmware)
Maintenance Firmware Upload (upload frmware)
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-20
Samsung Electronics
Maintenance Firmware Upload (confrm uploaded frmware)
Maintenance Firmware Upgrade Upgrade (choose frmware)
Maintenance Firmware Upgrade Upgrade (choose frmware)
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-21
Samsung Electronics
Maintenance Firmware Upgrade Upgrade
Maintenance Firmware Upgrade Upgrade (Done)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-22
Samsung Electronics
4.3 Diagnostic mode (Tech mode)
4.3.1 Diagnostic mode menu
4.3.1.1 Instruction
This document will capture the behavior specifcations for the GUI Windows for Diagnostics. Each section of
this document describes one feature with a step window image and script.
However, used window image is not fxed image from the specifcation point of view. Acquire detail
information from script. Window image is just example image will be implemented.
4.3.1.2 How to enter diagnostics mode
1. Press 1,2,3 buttons on numerical key simultaneously.
2. Enter password(1934).
3. Press OK button.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-23
Samsung Electronics
4.3.1.3 How to exit diagnostics mode
By pressing the Home button, exit Diagnostics mode.
When exit Diagnostics mode, a popup window shall display.
By default, Reset Counters is No, Reboot Copier is Yes.
- Reset Counter
If you select Yes for Reset counter, the count of Image since last call will reset. This item is to count the
printed pages since last service.
- Reboot Copier
It doesnt matter that you select Yes or No. The new settings in diagnostics mode will be applied to the
product . It is not necessary to select Yes.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-24
Samsung Electronics
4.3.2 Diagnostics menu map
Information
General
Machine Serial number
Network IP Address
Images since last call
Service started
HFSI
Software version
Usage Counters
Information
General
Machine Serial number
Network IP Address
Images since last call
Service started
HFSI
Software version
Usage Counters
Fault History
Fault Log
Fault Counters
Fault History
Fault Log
Fault Counters
Test Rountines Test Rountines
Copier
NVM Read/Write
NVM Initialization
Engine/DADF Test Routines
Fax
NVM Read/Write
NVM Initialization
Fax Routines
Protocol Report
Network
NVM Initialization
Other
Print Test Pattern
Shading Test
Scan Edge Test
Memory Clear
Print Report
Reset Admin. Password
Format HDD
Engine Memory clear
Manual Adjust
Fine Edge
ACR Sensor Calibration
Extend Image Unit Life
Fast Print
Report Color Print
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-25
Samsung Electronics
4.3.3 Information tab
Information tab provides detail information of the machine.
General
Diagnostics>Information>General
When user selects General, OP displays Machine Serial Number, Network IP Address and Images since
last call.
HFSI (High Frequency Service Items)
Diagnostics>Information>HFSI
When user selects General, OP displays the list of HFSI( High Frequency Service Items) read from the
MCB.
In the list, there are Item, Status, Actual, and Max Life.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-26
Samsung Electronics
User selection
- User can select one item in the list to reset the counter using Reset button or to edit the Max.Life and
threshold value using Edit button.
Items in this column are:
DADF Roller / Rubber Pad Life Page
T1/T2/T3 P-up Roller Life Page
Retard Roller Life Page
Bypass Rubber Pad Life page
Transfer Roller Life Page
Fuser Roller / Fuser Unit Life Page
Heat Roller Life Page
Pressure Roller Life Page
Status
- The possible values in this column are OK, Check, Negative and Off.
- OK : Actual counter is smaller than the threshold value
- Check : Actual counter is bigger than threshold value but smaller than Max.Life
- Off : Actual counter exceeds Max.Life
- Negative : There is no counter to display. In this case, it shall display - in the
Status and Max Life column.
Actual
- Values in this column are actual counts for HFSI usage
Max. Life
Values in this column are maximum life limits set for HFSI.
Reset
This button is used to reset the actual counter after replacing the HFSI unit.
This button is disabled before user select one item in the list and enabled once user select any of the items
in the list.
Once user presses, a confrmation window shall display to user confrm again. The window is displayed as
below.
If user confrms reset, it will reset the counter to 0.
If the counter of selected item is 0, Reset button shall be disabled.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-27
Samsung Electronics
Edit
Edit button is disabled until user select one item in the list.
Selecting Edit button causes edit window to be displayed.
There are two input fled for Maximum Life and for Threshold.
Each data feld shall display default value or the last-saved value entered by the service engineer. The data
feld shall support the numeric characters of 0 to 9.
The hard keypad characters of #, phone and * are not supported and shall generate an invalid entry
message if selected.
The hard keypad characters of c shall delete all characters displayed within the selected data feld. By
selecting Cancel, window moves back to HSFI window without saving users setting. By selecting OK
button, window moves back to HSFI window saving users setting. Threshold value shall not be greater than
Maximum Life.
Software Version
Diagnostics>Information>Software Version
When user selects Software version, OP displays the version of the Main Controller, Image Output Terminal,
User Interface, Network Controller, Document Feeder, Tray 2 Firmware, Tray 3 Firmware
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-28
Samsung Electronics
Usage Counter
Diagnostics>Information>Usage Counter
When user selects Usage Counter, OP displays the amount of the Items shown below.
Total Impressions
Black Impressions
Color Impressions
Sheets
Copied Sheets
Black Copied Sheets
Color Copied Sheets
Printed Sheets
2 Sided Sheets
Black Copied 2 Sided Sheets
Black Printed 2 Sided Sheets
Color Printed 2 Sided Sheets
Email Images Sent
Known Jams in the IOT
Known Jams in Finishing Device(s)
Attempted Sheet feeds from Internal trays
Actual sheet feeds from Internal trays
Normal Level Power On Hours
Power Save Hours
Attempted Original Sheet Feeds in the DADF
Jammed paper in the DADF
IOT : Image Out Total
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-29
Samsung Electronics
4.3.4 Fault history tab
Fault History provides an error information occurred.
Fault Log
Diagnostics>Fault History>Fault Log
Fault log window shall display errors occurred while the product was operating.
Diagnostics>Fault History>Fault Log>Clear
When selecting Clear button, Pop-up will be displayed. If you want to delete the Fault history, touch the OK
button.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-30
Samsung Electronics
Fault Counters
Diagnostics>Fault History>Fault Counters
Fault counters window displays Fault group with number and name.
They are
User shall select one item in the list at a time and multiple selection shall not supported. User can select Non
Zero or All. By default, Non Zero shall be selected.
When press OK, Fault Counters Detail Window shall be displayed.
01 Feeder
02 Fuser
03 Motor Fan
04 LSU
06 CRU
07 Finisher
08 DADF
10 Controller
14 Cloning
25 CRU_C
26 CRU_M
27 CRU_Y
28 CRU_MISC
29 EP
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-31
Samsung Electronics
Fault Counters Detail window shall display Fault code, description and value (counter) among the selected
Fault Group. Items of displayed Fault codes are different based on the selection of Non Zero or All. When
selected Non Zero, Fault codes in the selected Fault Group having non zero counter shall be displayed.
When selected All, all Fault codes in the selected Fault Group shall be displayed. Display order of Fault
code is upward.
4.3.5 Test routines tab
4.3.5.1 Copier
NVM Read/Write
Diagnostics>Test Routines>Copier>NVM Read/Write
Edit button shall be disabled until any NVM item is selected.
Edit button shall be disabled when read only NVM is selected. Search edit box has 00-000 as a default.
User shall input the whole number to fnd a specifc NVM by pressing Find button. (Refer to NVM Read/Write
table) If matching NVM is found, the page including the specifed NVM shall be displayed and the NVM is
shown as selected. If matching NVM is not found, error message such as Invalid NVM number shall be
displayed on the status area and search edit box displays default number.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-32
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics>Test Routines>Copier>NVM Read/Write>Edit
NVRAM Read / Write code table
0~4 Reserved
5 DADF
6~19 Reserved
20 FAX
100 Engine(Motor)
101 Engine(Clutch & Actuator)
102 Engine(Paper Handling)
103 Engine(Timing)
104 Engine(Consumables)
105 Engine(Charger)
106 Engine(Developer)
107 Engine(Transfer)
108 Engine(Environment)
109 Engine(Fixing)
110 Engine(LSU)
111 Engine(Toner)
112 Engine(ACR)
113 Engine(Option/Finisher)
114 Engine(Option/SCF)
115 Engine(Option/Reserved)
117 Engine(CTD)
118~255 Reserved
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-33
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
Function Description
102-000 Top Registration Tray1
Simplex
3 6/0 * You can adjust the Top Margin of simplex copy image for each
tray.
* The input value is reflected to the real image and it is equal to
mm.
* In case, the value is more than 3 :
Simplex copy top margin lengthen.
For example, if the value is 6, top margin lengthen 3 mm.
* In case, the value is less than 3 :
Simplex copy top margin shorten.
For example, if the value is 0, top margin shorten 3 mm.
Simplex
3 6/0
Simplex
3 6/0
102-040 Top Registration Bypass
Simplex
3 6/0
Dup_long (2nd side)
3 6/0 * You can adjust the Top Margin of duplex image of duplex copy
for each tray.
* The input value is reflected to the real image and it is same with
mm size.
Top Margin of duplex image of duplex copy lengthen.
Top Margin of duplex image of duplex copy shorten.
Dup_long (2nd side)
3 6/0
Dup_long (2nd side)
3 6/0
Dup_long (2nd side)
3 6/0
Duplex (1st side)
3 6/0 * You can adjust the Top Margin of simplex image of duplex copy
for each tray.
* The input value is reflected to the real image and it is same with
mm size.
Simplex image top margin of duplex copy lengthen.
Simplex image top margin of duplex copy shorten.
Duplex (1st side)
3 6/0
Duplex (1st side)
3 6/0
Duplex (1st side)
3 6/0
103-000 Pick Up Start Time 30 1000/0 * Pick up start time value
* You can read the value only.
103-010 Regi Off Time 92 500/0 * Regi Off Time value
103-021 Option Clutch On Time 8 100/0 * Option clutch on time value
104-000 Pick up roller Life Page
Counter
0 100000
/0
* Tray1 Pick up roller Page Counter value
* When replacing a svc part, you can change the count to 0.
104-030 T2 Pick-Up Roller Life
Page Counter
0 100000
/0
104-040 T3 Pick-Up Roller Life
Page Counter
0 100000
/0
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-34
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
104-060 Bypass Rubber Pad Life
Page Counter
0 100000
/0
* MP Tray Pick up roller Page Counter value
105-000 MHV DC Yellow 425 1000
/100
* This value is to set the DC component in the charge voltage for
charging the OPC surface.
* Default 425 PWM is approximately -706V
* The voltage changes +2.05v per +1 PWM.
* In case of NN, the surface of OPC is charged by approximately
-600V.
* This value is to check the normal state of HVPS,LSU.
* The value set on EDC manually is not applied to the real printing.
* At real printing, the value is applied by the Look-Up Table
considering the environment and life automatically.
105-010 MHV DC Magenta 425 1000
/100
105-020 MHV DC Cyan 425 1000
/100
105-030 MHV DC Black (MHV
Bias Control)
425 1000
/100
105-040 MHV DC Low Yellow 440 1000
/100
* In case of OPC idling, this value is to make the lower charge
voltage on OPC surface.
* Default 440 PWM is approximately -736V that makes
approximately -100V charge voltage.
* The voltage changes +2.05v per +1 PWM.
105-050 MHV DC Low Magenta 440 1000
/100
105-060 MHV DC Low Cyan 440 1000
/100
105-070 MHV DC Low Black 440 1000
/100
105-080 MHV VPP Yellow 134 250/30 * This value is to set the AC component in the charge voltage for
charging the OPC surface.
* Default 134 PWM is approximately -2.28KVpp
* The voltage changes +13.5Vpp per +1 PWM.
105-090 MHV VPP Magenta 134 250/30
105-100 MHV VPP Cyan 134 250/30
105-110 MHV VPP Black 134 250/30
105-120 MHV AC Yellow 128 160/100 * This PWM value is to set +/- rate of AC component for charging
the OPC surface.
* Default 128 PWM is 50% Duty
105-130 MHV AC Magenta 128 160/100
105-140 MHV AC Cyan 128 160/100
105-150 MHV AC Black 128 160/100
106-000 Deve DC Yellow 152 200/90 * This PWM value is to set the develping DC that toner of magnetic
roll is developed on OPC.
* Default 152 PWM is approximately -500V.
* The voltage changes +4.0V per +1 PWM.
106-010 Deve DC Magenta 152 200/90
106-020 Deve DC Cyan 152 200/90
106-030 Deve DC Black (Deve
Bias Control)
152 200/90
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-35
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
107-000 Transfer1 High
Voltage(THV) Yellow
65 100/50 * T1 Transfer current (Y,M,C,Bk-Pod) PWM Duty
* This is the high voltage to transfer the toner image on OPC to
the ITB.
* When perfoming the CTD or ACR, it is the same for tranfering
the compensating patch on ITB.
* Current(T1) = 0.1736 * PWM - 3.1603
* This value is the only initial setting of default PWM Duty for the
first transfer.
Voltage(THV) Magenta
65 100/50
Voltage(THV) Cyan
65 100/50
Voltage(THV) Black (THV
Bias Control)
65 100/50
Voltage(THV) Low
Yellow
53 100/50 * T1 Protection current (Y,M,C,Bk-Pod) PWM Duty
* This is the high voltage to ensure the output stability of HVPS for
no-image area on OPC.
* Current(T1) = 0.1736 * PWM - 3.1603
considering the environment and life automatically. It never
change.
Voltage(THV) Low
Magenta
53 100/50
Voltage(THV) Low Cyan
53 100/50
Voltage(THV) Low Black
53 100/50
Voltage(THV2)
140 160/65 * T2 transfer current (Simplex printing side) PWM Duty
* This is the high voltage to transfer the toner image on ITB to the
paper for second transfer.
* This is the second transfer high voltage for simplex printing side
that doesn't pass the fuser.
* Current(T2) = 0.2654 x PWM - 9.0191
Voltage(THV2) Duplex
80 160/65 * T2 transfer current (Duplex printing side) PWM Duty
* This is the high voltage to transfer the toner image on ITB to the
paper for second transfer.
* This is the second transfer high voltage for duplex printing side
that pass the fuser.
* Current(T2) = 0.2654 x PWM - 9.0191
107-100 PreTransfer1 Duty 74 100/50 * T1 transfer system Load recognition current PWM Duty
* This is the high voltage to recognize the total impedance of T1
transfer system that pass the T1 roller rubber, ITB, OPC.
* Current(T1) = 0.1736 * PWM - 3.1603
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-36
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
107-110 PreTransfer2 Duty 105 160/65 * T2 transfer system Load recognition current PWM Duty
This is the high voltage to recognize the total impedance of T2
transfer system that pass the T2 roller rubber, ITB, OPC
* Current(T2) = 0.2654 x PWM - 9.0191
107-120 Saw Plate Duty (Detack
Bias Control)
90 110/1 * Eraser high voltage PWM Duty of the rear paper
* After second transfer, this high voltage erases the static
electricity from the rear paper.
* (Saw eraser Bias) = -8.4237 x (PWM) + 315.3
109-050 60 gms Temperature
offset
7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Thin type paper
* Default temperature : 170
* Range of variableness : 177 ~ 163 (170 +/- 7)
The fuser temperature increases (input value-7) than 170
The fuser temperature decreases (7-input value) than 170
109-060 90 gms Temperature
offset
7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Plain type paper
109-070 Bond Temperature offset 7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Bond type paper
109-080 Transparency
Temperature offset
7 12/2 * Fusing temperature variableness of Transparency type paper
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-37
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
109-090 Cardstock Temperature
offset
7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Cardstock type paper
109-100 Envelopes Temperature
offset
7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Envelope type paper
109-110 Labels Temperature
offset
7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Label type paper
109-120 Fuser Bias Duty 154 194/154 * Fuser Bias PWM
* Read only
* You can't chage this value. ( HH condition : 194 / Other : 154 )
109-130 Thick Temperature
Offset
7 14/0 * Fusing temperature variableness of Label type paper
110-000 LD Power Yellow(Half) 88 250/10 * This PWM sets the laser intensity to be shoot on OPC.
(This value is used at half speed that the process speed of OPC
is the half of normal condition )
* Default 88 PWM is approximately 0.223mW.
* This value changes +0.0026mw per +1 PWM.
110-010 LD Power Magenta(Half) 88 250 /10
110-020 LD Power Cyan(Half) 88 250 /10
110-030 LD Power Black(Half) 88 250 /10
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-38
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
110-040 LD Power Yellow 100 250/10 * This PWM sets the laser intensity to be shoot on OPC.
* Default 100, 95 PWM are approximately 0.254mW, 0.241mW.
* This value changes +0.0026mw per +1 PWM.
110-050 LD Power Magenta 95 250/10
110-060 LD Power Cyan 95 250/10
110-070 LD Power Black (LD
Light Level Black)
95 250/10
111-000 Toner Vcon Yellow 175 255/90 * This value is the TC sensor control voltage PWM to adjust the
toner density.
* Default is 175. But, if the new imaging unit is installed, PWM will
be changed after TC Sensor Initialization.
* Default 175 PWM is approximately 8.15V.
* This value changes 0.01V per +1 PWM.
* This value is to check the normal state of the toner density
sensor output.
111-010 Toner Vcon Magenta 175 255/90
111-020 Toner Vcon Cyan 175 255/90
111-030 Toner Vcon Black 175 255/90
111-060 Toner T/C Upper Limit
Yellow
5 100/0 * This value is the ADC to control the toner density.
* 5 ADC (for initial toner only) is the target+0.5wt%(9.0wt%)
* The more the value increase, the more the toner density
increase.
Magenta
5 100/0
Cyan
5 100/0
Black
5 100/0
111-100 Toner T/C Lower Limit
Yellow
140 250/10 * This value is the ADC to contol the toner density.
* 140 ADC(for initial toner only) is the Target -1wt% (7.5 wt%).
* The more the value decrease, the more the toner density
decrease.
Magenta
140 250/10
Cyan
140 250/10
Black
140 250/10
111-140 Toner Target Yellow 128 250/10 * This value is the ADC to control the toner density.
* In case of 128 ADC (for initial toner only), toner density is
8.5wt%.
* The more the value increase, the more the toner density
decrease.
* The more the value decrease, the more the toner density
increase.
* You must input the value less than lower limit.
111-150 Toner Target Magenta 128 250/10
111-160 Toner Target Cyan 128 250/10
111-170 Toner Target Black 128 250/10
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-39
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
112-000 Total Condition On/Off
for ACR
1
(TRUE)
1/0 * ACR ON/OFF
* 1 (On) (Default) / 0 (OFF)
112-0060 LSU Temp Pattern Count
for ACR
Fixed
value
Fixed
value
The Pattern Count for LSU Temperature of ACR
112-0070 New Crum Pattern Count
for ACR
Fixed
value
Fixed
value
The Pattern Count for New Crum of ACR
112-0080 Page Count Pattern
Count for ACR
Fixed
value
Fixed
value
The Pattern Count for Page Count of ACR
112-090 Inner Temperature for
ACR
3 30/1 * ACR performance temperature condition for inside temperature
changes of the product. (Unit : )
Ex) In case that the value is 3.
-> If the inside temperatrue change 3, ACR will start.
* The frequency of ACR performance is related to the regi error.
* The more you operates ACR, the less the regi error decrease.
112-100 LSU Temperature for
ACR
3 30/1 * ACR performance temperature condition for inside temperature
changes of the LSU. (Unit : )
Ex) In case that the value is 3.
-> If the inside temperatrue of LSU change 3, ACR will start.
112-110 Page Count for ACR 500 5000
/200
ACR performance setting for printed pages.
EX ) In case that the value is 500
-> Whenever 500 pages are printed, ACR will start.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-40
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
112-120 Manual Color Regi
X-offset Yellow
100 200/0 * Primary scanning direction offset compared with Black for
yellow. (Unit : dot )
* Primary scanning direction : Vertical direction for paper transfer
* Offset value changes on the contrary because turning the
polygon mirror of LSU is the oppsite between Y/C color and M/K
color.
Primary scanning direction of yellow moves to left than black.
Primary scanning direction of yellow moves to right than black.
112-121 Reset All Offsets for
ACR
100 200/0 Reset all offsets to default.
X-offset Magenta
100 200/0 * Primary scanning direction offset compared with Black for
magenta. (Unit : dot )
Primary scanning direction of magenta moves to left than black.
Primary scanning direction of magenta moves to right than
black.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-41
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
X-offset Cyan
100 200/0 * Primary scanning direction offset compared with Black for Cyan.
(Unit : dot )
Primary scanning direction of cyan moves to left than black.
Primary scanning direction of cyan moves to right than black.
X-offset Black
100 100/100 * Black is a standard. So you can't change the value.
Y-offset Yellow
100 200/0 * Secondary scanning direction offset compared with Black for
Yellow. (Unit : dot)
* Secondary scanning direction : Horizontal direction for paper
transfer
Secondary scanning direction of yellow moves to bottom than
black.
Secondary scanning direction of yellow moves to top than black.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-42
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
Y-offset Magenta
Magenta. (Unit : dot)
Secondary scanning direction of magenta moves to bottom than
black.
Secondary scanning direction of magenta moves to top than
black.
Y-offset Cyan
Cyan. (Unit : dot)
Secondary scanning direction of cyan moves to bottom than black.
Secondary scanning direction of cyan moves to top than black.
Y-offset Black
100 100/100 * Black is a standard. So you can't change the value.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-43
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
112-200 Manual Color Regi Width
Yellow
100 200/0 * This vaule adjusts the primary scanning direction width of Yellow
color. It adjusts the left side based on the right of portrait (paper
direction).
Primary scanning direction width of yellow increases.
Primary scanning direction width of yellow decreases.
Magenta
100 200/0 * This vaule adjusts the primary scanning direction width of
Magenta color. It adjusts the right side based on the left of
portrait (paper direction).
Primary scanning direction width of magenta increases.
Primary scanning direction width of magenta decreases.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-44
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
Cyan
100 200/0 * This vaule adjusts the primary scanning direction width of Cyan
color. It adjusts the left side based on the right of portrait (paper
direction).
Primary scanning direction width of cyan increases.
Primary scanning direction width of cyan decreases.
Black
100 200/0 * This vaule adjusts the primary scanning direction width of Black
color. It adjusts the right side based on the left of portrait (paper
direction).
Primary scanning direction width of black increases.
Primary scanning direction width of black decreases.
05-100 DADF Top Edge Erase 2 4/0 * This value sets the Top Skip at DADF Copy.
* This value 1 means 1mm skip.
Top Skip at DADF copy increases.
Top Skip at DADF copy decreases.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-45
Samsung Electronics
Code
NVM Description
(GUI)
Default
Max
/ Min
05-110 DADF Bottom Edge
Erase
2 4/0 * This value sets the Bottom Skip at DADF Copy.
Bottom Skip at DADF copy increases.
Bottom Skip at DADF copy decreases.
05-500 Platen Top Edge Erase 2 4/0 * This value sets the Top Skip at Platen Copy.
Top Skip at Platen copy increases.
Top Skip at Platen copy decreases.
05-510 Platen Bottom Edge
Erase
2 4/0 * This value sets the Bottom Skip at Platen Copy.
Bottom Skip at Platen copy increases.
Bottom Skip at Platen copy decreases.
05-700 ADF Roller Life Page
Counter
0 100000
/0
* DADF Pick up roller Page Counter
05-710 ADF Rubber Pad Life
Page Counter
0 100000
/0
* DADF Rubber Pad Page Counter
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-46
Samsung Electronics
4.3.5.2 NVM Initialization
Diagnostics>Test Routines>Copier>NVM Initialization
By default, none of items is selected and Initialize button shall be disabled.
There shall be Back button.
Diagnostics>Test Routines>Copier>NVM Initialization>Initialize
If you want to initialize the NVM values, press OK button.
When press OK button, SR shall show the initialization progress status and result.
When the result is get, pop up window shall be disappeared.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-47
Samsung Electronics
4.3.5.3 Engine/DADF Test Routines
Diagnostics>Test Routines>Copier>Engine/DADF Test Routines.
When exit this window, OP shall send exit command. (CMD_COPY_COMP_EXITMODE)
By default, all Test routines will be displayed.
By default, search edit box has 00 .
OK/Reset button shall be disabled until any test routine is selected.
Maximum number of selection is 3.
Reset will deselect all selected test routines.
User select test routine by touching the row and deselect touching it again.
User input chain number in search edit box and only all test routines in the chain shall be
displayed.
By default, Start/Stop/Stop All shall be disabled.
Start button shall be enabled when selected item is not running.
Multiple selection shall not be supported.
Stop shall be enabled only when the selected item is running.
Stop All shall be enabled when there is any running test item.
Back button shall be disable when there is any running test item.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-48
Samsung Electronics
Engine Diagnostic Contol(EDC) Menu
0~4 Reserved
5 DADF
6~19 Reserved
20 FAX
100 Engine(Motor)
101 Engine(Clutch & Actuator)
102 Engine(Paper Handling)
103 Engine(Timing)
104 Engine(Consumables)
105 Engine(Charger)
106 Engine(Developer)
107 Engine(Transfer)
108 Engine(Environment)
109 Engine(Fixing)
110 Engine(LSU)
111 Engine(Toner)
112 Engine(ACR)
113 Engine(Option/Finisher)
114 Engine(Option/SCF)
117 Engine(CTD)
118~255 Reserved
Code Displayed Name Meaning
Input /
Output
State
Displayed
100-000 Main BLDC Motor Main BLDC Motor is On/Off Output On[Off]
100-010 Main BLDC Motor Ready Detect if Main BLDC Motor runs at normal speed Input High[Low]
100-020 Black OPC/DEV Motor Black OPC/DEV BLDC Motor is On/Off Output On[Off]
100-030 Black OPC/DEV Motor Ready
Detect if Black OPC/DEV BLDC Motor runs at normal
speed
Input High[Low]
100-040 Color OPC Motor Color OPC BLDC Motor is On/Off Output On[Off]
100-050 Color OPC Motor Ready Detect if Color DEV BLDC Motor runs at normal speed Input High[Low]
100-060 Color DEV Motor Color DEV BLDC Motor is On/Off Output On[Off]
100-070 Color DEV Motor Ready Detect if Color DEV BLDC Motor runs at normal speed Input High[Low]
100-080 T1 Engage Motor T1 Engage Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
100-090 T1 Engae Sensor Detect if the T1 Engage is On or Off. Input High[Low]
100-100 T2 Engage Motor T2 Engage Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-49
Samsung Electronics
Input /
Output
State
Displayed
100-110 T2 Engae Sensor Detect if the T1 Engage is On or Off. Input High[Low]
100-120 Exit Motor Forward Fast Exit Motor Forward Fast On/Off Output On[Off]
100-130 Exit Motor Forward Slow Exit Motor Forward Slow On/Off Output On[Off]
100-140 Duplex Motor Forward Duplex Motor Forward On/Off Output On[Off]
100-150 Duplex Motor Backward Duplex Motor Backward On/Off Output On[Off]
100-160 Duplex Fan1 Run Start/Stop Duplex Fan1 run Output On[Off]
100-170 Duplex Fan2 Run Start/Stop Duplex Fan2 run Output On[Off]
100-190 Dupelx Fan2 Run Ready Detects if Duplex Fan2 runs at normal speed. Input High[Low]
100-240 Waste Toner Motor Waste Toner Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
100-241 Waste Toner Led Waste Toner Led On/Off Output On[Off]
100-250 Waste Toner Full Sensor Detect if the waste toner is full or not. Input High[Low]
100-260 SMPS Fan Run Start/Stop Deve. Fan run Output On[Off]
100-270 SMPS Fan Run Ready Detects if Deve Fan runs at normal speed. Input High[Low]
101-000 Bypass Feed Clutch
Engages drive to pick up a paper from bypass Tray(MP
Tray).
Output On[Off]
101-010 T1 Pick-Up Clutch Engages drive to pick up a paper from tray1. Output On[Off]
101-020 T2 Pick-Up Clutch Engages drive to pick up a paper from tray2. (Optional) Output On[Off]
101-030 T3 Pick-Up Clutch Engages drive to pick up a paper from tray3. (Optional) Output On[Off]
101-050 Registration Clutch Engages drive to registartion rolls. Output On[Off]
101-060 Duplex Feed Clutch Engages drive to feed a paper into duplex path. Output On[Off]
101-070 Duplex Gate Clutch Engages drive to convert paper direction into duplex path. Output On[Off]
101-080 T1 Feed Clutch T1 Feed Clutch On/Off Output On[Off]
101-170 Side Cover Interlock Detect if the side cover is opened or closed. Input Opened/Closed
101-190 Out-Bin Full Sensor Detect when a paper is at Duplex Ready sensor. Input High[low]
102-000 Tray1 Home Position Detect when tray1 is closed. Input Closed[Opened]
102-010 T1 Paper Empty Sensor Detect when paper is in Tray1. Input High[low]
102-020 T1 Size1 sensor Detects whether auto size1 sensor of tray1 is high or low. Input High[low]
102-050 T1 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in tray1 is elevated to the sensor. Input High[low]
102-060 T1 Paper Low Sensor Detects when the stack height of tray1 is less than 25%. Input High[low]
102-080 T2 Paper Empty Sensor Detect when paper is in tray2. Input High[low]
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-50
Samsung Electronics
Input /
Output
State
Displayed
102-150 T3 Paper Empty Sensor Detect when paper is in tray3. Input High[low]
102-280 Bypass Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Bypass Tray(MP Tray). Input High[low]
102-290 Feed Sensor Detect when a paper is at Feed sensor. Input High[low]
102-360 Regi. Sensor Detect when a paper is at Regi. sensor. Input High[low]
102-370 Exit Sensor Detect when a paper is at Exit. sensor. Input High[low]
102-380 Duplex Jam1 Sensor Detect when a paper is at Duplex Jam1 sensor. Input High[low]
102-390 Duplex Jam2 Sensor Detect when a paper is at Duplex Jam2 sensor. Input High[low]
105-000 Yellow MHV Bias Yellow MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
105-010 Magenta MHV Bias Magenta MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
105-020 Cyan MHV Bias Cyan MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
105-030 Black MHV Bias Black MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
105-040 Yellow MHV Bias Read Yellow Detect what the MHV value is on the MHV Roller Output Numeric 3 digits
105-050 Magenta MHV Bias Read Magenta Detect what the MHV value is on the MHV Roller Output Numeric 3 digits
105-060 Cyan MHV Bias Read Cyan Detect what the MHV value is on the MHV Roller Output Numeric 3 digits
105-070 Black MHV Bias Read Black Detect what the MHV value is on the MHV Roller Output Numeric 3 digits
106-000 Yellow Dev Bias Yellow Dev bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
106-010 Magenta Dev Bias Magenta Dev bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
106-020 Cyan Dev Bias Cyan Dev bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
106-030 Black Dev Bias Black Dev bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-000 Yellow THV Bias Yellow THV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-010 Magenta THV Bias Magenta THV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-020 Cyan THV Bias Cyan THV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-030 Black THV Bias Black THV bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-040 Yellow THV Bias Read Detect what the THV value is on the THV Roller Input Numeric 3 digits
107-050 Magenta THV Bias Read Detect what the THV value is on the THV Roller Input Numeric 3 digits
107-060 Cyan THV Bias Read Detect what the THV value is on the THV Roller Input Numeric 3 digits
107-070 Black THV Bias Read Detect what the THV value is on the THV Roller Input Numeric 3 digits
107-080 iTHV(+) Bias iTHV plus bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-090 iTHV Bias Read Detect what the THV value is on the iTHV Roller Numeric 3 digits
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-51
Samsung Electronics
Input /
Output
State
Displayed
107-100 iTHV(-) Bias iTHV minus bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-110 Detach Bias Detack bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
107-170 Saw Bias Saw bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
109-000 Fuser Temperature A Detects what the temperature A is on fuser. Input Numeric 3 digits
109-010 Fuser Temperature B Detects what the temperature B is on fuser. Input Numeric 3 digits
109-030 Fuser Motor Forward Fuser Motor Forward On/Off Output On[Off]
109-110 Fuser Crum Read1 Detect if the life of fuser1 is exhausted. Input High[Low]
109-120 Fuser Crum Read2 Detect if the life of fuser2 is exhausted. Input High[Low]
109-150 Fuser Bias(+) Bias Fuser Positive bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
109-151 Fuser Bias(-) Bias Fuser Negative bias voltage on at normal drive level Output On[Off]
110-000 LSU Motor1 Run Ready Detects if LSU motor1 runs at normal speed. Input High[Low]
110-010 LSU Motor2 Run Ready Detects if LSU motor2 runs at normal speed. Input High[Low]
110-020 LSU Fan1 Run Ready Detects if LSU Fan Motor runs at normal speed. Input High[Low]
110-040 LSU Clean Motor Detect if the LSU Clean Motor On/Off Output High[Low]
110-050 LSU Clean Sensor Detect if the LSU Clean Motor is On or Off Input High[Low]
110-060 LSU Motor1 Run LSU Motor1 On/Off Output On[Off]
110-070 LSU Motor2 Run LSU Motor2 On/Off Output On[Off]
110-080 LSU LD Power1 LSU LD1 Power On/Off (yellow) Output On[Off]
110-090 LSU LD Power2 LSU LD2 Power On/Off (magenta) Output On[Off]
110-100 LSU LD Power3 LSU LD3 Power On/Off (cyan) Output On[Off]
110-110 LSU LD Power4 LSU LD4 Power On/Off (black) Output On[Off]
110-120 LSU Fan1 Run Start/Stop LSU Fan Run Output On[Off]
111-000 Toner Dispense Motor Yellow Toner Dispense(Supply) Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
111-010
Toner Dispense Motor
Magenta
Toner Dispense(Supply) Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
111-020 Toner Dispense Motor Cyan Toner Dispense(Supply) Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
111-030 Toner Dispense Motor Black Toner Dispense(Supply) Motor On/Off Output On[Off]
111-040 Toner Sensor Yellow TC sensor in developer tank. Input Numeric 3 digits
111-050 Toner Sensor Magenta TC sensor in developer tank. Input Numeric 3 digits
111-060 Toner Sensor Cyan TC sensor in developer tank. Input Numeric 3 digits
111-070 Toner Sensor Black TC sensor in developer tank. Input Numeric 3 digits
111-100 ID Sensor(Vo1/S) Check Display ID Sensor(Vo1,S) reading value Input Numeric 4 digits
111-110 ID Sensor(Vo2/P) Check Display ID Sensor(Vo2,P) reading value Input Numeric 4 digits
113-000 Finisher Present Sensor Detect if the Finisher is in place. Input Install[Not Install]
113-010 Entrance Motor Entrance Motor run as IOT Speed <about 5 sec> Output On[Off]
113-020 Exit Motor Exit Motor run as IOT Speed <about 5 sec> Output On[Off]
113-030 Paddle Motor Paddling Output On
113-040 Front Jog Home Front Jogger move Home Output On
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-52
Samsung Electronics
Input /
Output
State
Displayed
113-050 Front Jog Stand Front Jogger move to Stand Output On
113-060 Rear Jog Home Rear Jogger move Home Output On
113-070 Rear Jog Stand Rear Jogger move to Stand Output On
113-080 Support Finger Home Supporter move Home Output On
113-090 Support Finger Stand Supporter move to Stand Output On
113-100 Ejector Motor Ejecting Output On
113-110 Stacker Down Stacker down to bottom Output On
113-120 Stacker Up Stacker up to Stacking position Output On
113-130 Stapler Staple when no cartridge Output On
113-140 Entrance Sensor Detect paper at paper feeding area. Input High[Low]
113-150 Exit Sensor Detect paper at paper exit area. Input High[Low]
113-160 Paddle Home Sensor Detect Paddle Home position Input High[Low]
113-170 Front Jog Home Sensor Detect Front Jog Home position Input High[Low]
113-180 Rear Jog Home Sensor Detect Rear Jog Home position Input High[Low]
113-190 Support Finger Home Sensor Detect Support-Finger Home position Input High[Low]
113-200 Ejector Home Sensor Detect Ejector Home position Input High[Low]
113-210 Ejector Encoder Sensor Detect Ejector Encoder sensor Input High[Low]
113-220 Stacker Top Sensor Detect Stacker Top position Input High[Low]
113-230 Stacker Bottom Switch Detect Staple Bottom position Input High[Low]
113-240 Staple Home Sensor Detect Staple Home position Input High[Low]
113-250 Staple Ready Sensor Detect Staple Ready to clinching. Input High[Low]
113-260 Low Staple Sensor Detect Staple Low Input High[Low]
113-270 Paper Detector Sensor Detect paper in stapler area Input High[Low]
113-280 Finisher Door Switch Detect Finsher Door Open or Close Input High[Low]
113-290 IOT Set Sensor Detect Finisher is connected with IOT. Input High[Low]
113-300 Duplex Paper Sensor Deetct Duplex Paper feeding from IOT. Input High[Low]
05-100 DADF Doc. Detect Sensor Input High[Low]
05-110 DADF Paper Width Sensor Input High[Low]
05-120 DADF Paper Length Sensor Input High[Low]
05-130 DADF Registration Sensor Input High[Low]
05-140 DADF Scan Sensor DADF Scan Sensor current state Input High[Low]
05-150 DADF Gate Sensor DADF Gate Sensor current state Input High[Low]
05-160 DADF Door Open Sensor DADF Duplex Sensor current state Input High[Low]
05-170 DADF Duplex Sensor DADF Exit Open Sensor current state Input High[Low]
05-180 DADF Exit Open Sensor DADF Scan Motor Forward control Input High[Low]
05-200 DADF Scan Motor Forward DADF Duplex Motor Forward control Output On[Off]
05-210 DADF Duplex Motor Forward DADF Duplex Motor Backward control Output On[Off]
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-53
Samsung Electronics
Input /
Output
State
Displayed
05-220 DADF Duplex Motor Backward DADF Duplex Motor Backward control Output On[Off]
05-300 DADF Pick-Up Clutch Output DADF Pick-Up Clutch control Output On[Off]
05-310 DADF Regi. Clutch Output DADF Regi. Clutch control Output On[Off]
05-400 Platen Cover Switch Platen Cover Switch Sensor current state Input High[Low]
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-54
Samsung Electronics
4.3.5.4 Fax
NVM Read/Write
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Fax > NVM Read/Write
NVM Initialization
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Fax > NVM Initialization
By default, none of items is selected and Initialize button shall be disabled.
There shall be Back button.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-55
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Fax > NVM Initialization > Initialize
Protocol Report
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Fax > Protocol Report
When selecting Protocol Report, the sub-item will be displayed. By pressing the print, you can print the
protocol report.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-56
Samsung Electronics
Fax Routines
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Fax > Fax Routines
For the behavior, refer to Engine/DADF Test Routines
4.3.5.5 Network
NVM Initialization
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Network > NVM Initialization
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-57
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Network > NVM Initialization>Initialize
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-58
Samsung Electronics
4.3.5.6 Other
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-59
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Print Test Pattern
You can print the test pattern by pressing the start test button.
By default, Test Pattern number shall be 1.
You can select paper source by selecting tray of the image.
You can select simplex/duplex printing option by selecting 1 sided /2 sided button.
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other>Shading Test
The function is used to set the optimum scan quality determined by the specifc characteristics of the CCD
(Charge Coupled Device). If copy image quality is poor perform this function to check the condition of the
CCD unit.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-60
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Scan Edge Test
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Memory Clear
The function resets the system to factory default settings.
This function is used to reset the system to the initial value when the product is functioning abnormally. All the
values are returned to the default values, and all the information which was set by the user will be erased.
When select memory clear, user can select the country.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-61
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Print Report
- Toner Information : Toner information report
- Image Unit Information :Image unit information report
- Protocol Dump List : latest fax communication protocol report
- Auto Color Registration Result : Previous ACR history is saved (Total:10)
- Supplies Information :Toner & Image unit information report.
- Maintenance :Countable supplies resetting history & Average Coverage information .
- Job Duty : Users printing history report (Average coverage & Job length is calculated)
- ID Control History :Previous ID sensing history is saved.
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Reset Admin. password
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-62
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Format HDD
Hard Disk Drive data will be erased. When the HDD seems like has some defects this function can be
executed.
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Engine Memory Clear
The function resets the engine state to factory default settings.
This function is used to reset the engine to the initial value when the product is functioning abnormally.
All the values are returned to the default values. So it need to execute calibration.
(1. Admin > Setup > Color > Auto Color Tone Adjustment > Setting Color Standard,
2. Admin > Setup > Color > Auto Color Registration)
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-63
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Manual Adjust
The function adjust the printing registration.
First print the test pattern and Manual adjust ment it can be set the each colors offsetting.
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Fine Edge
This option compensate the print background registration.
Normally option value set by print driver so not necessary to set.
But not used Samsung print driver ,it can be controlled on sometimes. Default value is Normal.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-64
Samsung Electronics
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > ACR Sensor Calibration
This function adjust the Auto Calibrate Registration sensors variation. When there is registration issue and
even though do the ACR (Admin > Setup > Color > Auto Color Registration) it is not improve, execute this
function frst and repeat the ACR again.
Diagnostics > Test Routines > Other > Report Color Print
This option controls the color report mode. Default value is Off. When it need to print all of reports with color
mode, set the option to On.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-65
Samsung Electronics
4.4 Troubleshooting
4.4.1 Procedure of Checking the Symptoms
Before attempting to repair the printer frst obtain a detailed description of the problem from the customer.
Power On
- No Power
- Power Module error
- Main PBA error
- LCD Panel error
Refer to "Solution
of 4.x.x.x Print Quality"
OP Panel
ON?
Ready or
Power save
Indicate
Error Massage
Refer to
Error Massage
< Chapter 4.x.x.x >
Test Print
END
printing
Quality is
Nomal?
4-66
Troubleshooting
4-96 Motor does not operate: #03-008. Please turn off then on 03-008
4-91 System error: #02-002. Please turn off then on 02-002
4-81 Paper jam in tray 3 01-019
4-79
Paper jam in tray 2
Paper jam in tray 2(HCF)
01-018
4-88 Too much paper in output bin tray. Remove printed paper 01-017
4-86 Paper jam inside of duplex path 01-016
4-87 Paper jam at the top of duplex path 01-015
4-86 Paper jam at the bottom of duplex path 01-014
4-79
Paper jam in tray 2
01-011
4-85 Paper jam in exit area 01-010
4-83 Paper jam inside of machine 01-009
4-79
Paper jam in tray 2
01-006
4-75 Paper jam in MP tray 01-004
4-74 Tray 3 door is open. Close it 01-002
4-73
Tray 2 door is open. Close it
Tray 2(HCF) door is open. Close it
01-001
4-72 Door is open. Close it 01-000
Troubleshooting
Page
Error Message Error Code
4.4.2 Er r or c ode and message
Messages appear on the Smart Panel program window or on the control panel display to indicate machine
status or errors. Refer to the tables below to understand the messages meaning to correct the problem, if
necessary.
TECH-MODE (Diagnostics) : Press 1/2/3 Keys in the same time & Login Password is 1934
4-67
Troubleshooting
4-120 Finisher error: #07-008. Please turn off then on 07-008
4-113 Paper jam inside of finisher 07-001
4-112 Paper jam in front of finisher 07-000
4-109 Black imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 06-024
4-106 Black toner cartridge is not compatible. check user's guide 06-023
4-109 Black imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 06-017
4-110 Imaging unit error: #06-016. Please open/close door 06-016
4-118 Finisher door is open. Close it 07-006
4-117 Staple cartridge is not installed. Install it in finisher 07-005
4-116 Too much paper in finisher stacker. Remove printed paper 07-004
4-116 Paper jam inside finisher's duplex 07-003
4-115 Paper jam at exit of finisher 07-002
4-108 Imaging unit is not installed. Install it 06-012
4-107 Did not supply enough black toner. Please open/close door 06-004
4-106 Black toner cartridge is not compatible. Check user's guide 06-003
4-106 Black toner cartridge is not installed. Install it 06-002
4-105 LSU error: #04-012. Please turn off then on 04-012
Troubleshooting
Page
4-68
Troubleshooting
4-145
802.1x authentication failed. Please Contact the System
Administrator.
13-007
4-144 DHCP error. Reconfigure BOOTP or static IP 13-006
4-144 BOOTP error. Reconfigure DHCP or static IP 13-004
4-138 Communication problem occurred with tray 2(HCF) 10-008
4-138 Communication problem occurred with tray 3 10-009
4-136 Hard disk drive error : #10-003. Please turn off then on 10-003
4-144 BOOTP error. Switching to Auto IP 13-003
4-143 This IP address conflicts with that of other system. Check it 13-000
4-142 Load tray 3 with [Letter], [Plain] paper 12-002
4-141
Load tray 2 with [Letter], [Plain] paper
Load HCF with [Letter], [Plain] paper
12-001
4-141 Load tray 1 with [Letter], [Plain] paper 12-000
4-140 Scanner locking switch is locked or another problem occurred 11-003
4-138 Communication problem occurred with scanner unit 10-006
4-135 Fax unit error: #10-002. Please turn off then on 10-002
4-144 DHCP error. Switching to Auto IP 13-005
4-134 Memory failure: #10-001. Please turn off then on 10-001
4-130 Original paper jam inside of scanner duplex path 08-010
4-132 Top door of scanner is open 08-008
4-133 Original paper is too long for scanner. Check size 08-007
4-132 Original paper jam inside of scanner 08-006
4-132 Original paper jam in front of scanner duplex path 08-004
4-130 Original paper jam while reversing paper in scanner 08-003
4-129 Original paper jam inside of scanner 08-002
4-128 Original paper does not feed in scanner 08-001
4-128 Original paper jam in front of scanner 08-000
4-117 Staple cartridge is empty. Replace it 07-015
Troubleshooting
Page
4-69
Troubleshooting
4-109 Cyan imaging unit is not installed. Install it. 25-012
4-107 Did not supply enough cyan toner, Please open/close door 25-004
4-106 Cyan toner cartridge is not compatible. Check user's guide 25-003
4-106 Cyan toner cartridge is not installed. Install it. 25-002
4-146 Too many faxes are queued to be sent. Wait or remove queued job. 18-002
4-146 Too many faxes are received. Print or remove received fax. 18-000
4-146 Fax Memory is almost full. Print or remove received fax Job 18-001
4-147 Tray 1 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly 21-003
4-148 Paper is low in tray 1. Load paper 21-004
4-149 Elevating unit in tray 1 has problem. Pull tray 1 out and insert it 21-006
4-150 Paper is empty in MP tray. Load paper 21-010
4-151 Tray 2 is not installed 21-016
4-152 Paper is empty in tray 2 (or HCF). Load paper 21-018
4-153 Tray 2 (or HCF) cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly 21-019
4-154 Paper is low in tray 2 (or HCF). Load paper 21-020
4-149
Elevating unit in tray 2 (or HCF) has problem. Pull tray 2(or HCF)
out and insert it
21-022
4-151 Tray 3 is not installed 21-024
4-152 Paper is empty in tray 3. Load paper 21-026
4-153 Tray 3 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly 21-027
4-154 Paper is low in tray 3. Load paper 21-028
4-149 Elevating unit in tray 3 has problem. Pull tray 3 out and insert it 21-030
4-109 Magenta imaging unit is not installed. Install it 26-012
4-107 Did not supply enough magenta toner. Please open/close door 26-004
4-106 Magenta toner cartridge is not compatible. Check user's guide 26-003
4-106 Magenta toner cartridge is not installed. Install it 26-002
4-109 Cyan imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 25-024
4-106 Cyan toner cartridge is not compatible. Check user's guide 25-023
4-109 Cyan imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 25-017
Troubleshooting
Page
4-70
Troubleshooting
4-106 Yellow toner cartridge is not compatible. Check users guide 27-023
4-109 Yellow imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 27-024
4-109 Magenta imaging unit is not compatible, Check users guide. 26-017
4-106 Magenta toner cartridge is not compatible. Check user's guide 26-023
4-109 Magenta imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 26-024
4-106 Yellow toner cartridge is not installed. Install it 27-002
4-106 Yellow toner cartridge is not compatible. Check user's guide 27-003
4-107 Did not supply enough yellow toner. Please open/close door 27-004
4-109 Yellow imaging unit is not installed. Install it 27-012
4-109 Yellow imaging unit is not compatible. Check user's guide 27-017
4-155 Transfer belt is not installed. Install it 28-001
4-155 Transfer belt is not compatible for this machine. Check user's guide 28-002
4-155 Transfer belt is not compatible for this machine. Check user's guide 28-003
4-159 Machine cannot read the resistance of cyan imaging unit 29-010
4-159 Machine cannot read the resistance of magenta imaging unit 29-009
4-159 Machine cannot read the resistance of yellow imaging unit 29-008
4-158 Sensor failure: #29-007. Call for service 29-007
4-156 Density calibration for black color is failed. Check imaging unit 29-003
4-156 Density calibration for cyan color is failed. Check its imaging unit 29-002
4-156
Density calibration for magenta color is failed. Check its imaging
unit
29-001
4-156 Density calibration for yellow color is failed. Check its imaging unit 29-000
Troubleshooting
Page
4-71
Troubleshooting
4-159 Machine cannot read the resistance of black imaging unit 29-011
4-160 Finisher door is open. Close it 53-000
4-161 Finisher jam door is open. Close it 53-001
4-162 Mailbox door is open. Close it 53-002
4-112 Paper jam in front of finisher 53-003
4-113 Paper jam inside finisher 53-004
4-115 Paper jam at exit of finisher 53-005
4-165 Too much paper in stacker(1~6). Remove printed paper 53-009
4-164 Paper jam at exit of mailbox 53-008
4-163 Paper jam inside mailbox 53-007
4-116 Paper jam inside finisher's duplexer 53-006
Troubleshooting
Page
4-72
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Harness is defective, Connector is not connected properly.
2. Sensor is defective.
Error message : Door is open. Close it
Troubleshooting method :
Symptom : Side Cover is Opened.
Code : 01-000
3. Enter the EDC mode. Follow the below sequence.
( EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 101-170 Start Status check
Stop )
1
2
1. Check if the Harness is defective.
Check if the connector is connected properly.
COVER OPEN
UPPPER
COVER OPEN
LOWER
2. Push the Side Cover Sensor switch from 1 to 2. Check if the UI message is changed. When pushing the
switch, you have to push both of them at once.
4.4.3 Tr oubl eshoot i ng f or er r or c ode
4-73
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
Error message : Tray 2(HCF) door is open. Close it
Symptom : Tray2 or HCF door is opened.
Code : 01-001
3. Check if the UI message on panel is changed.
1. Remove the HCF or Tray2 Cover.
4-74
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
Error message : Tray 3 door is open. Close it
Symptom : Tray3 door is opened.
Code : 01-002
3. Check if the UI message on panel is changed.
1. Remove the Tray3 Cover.
4-75
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Pickup Clutch does not work.
2. Pickup roller rubber is worn out.
3. Feed Sensor is defective.
Error message : Paper jam in MP tray
Symptom :
At printing, the paper from the MP tray has not reached to the feed sensor within a programmed period of
time after pick up.
Code : 01-004
1. Enter the EDC mode, and execute the pick up clutch test
(EDC mode : 101-0000)
If there is any problem, check the following.
-. Check if the MP Pick-Up Clutch is assembled properly.
-. Check if the harness of the MP Pick-Up Clutch is connected
properly.
To be continued on next page
4-76
Troubleshooting
4. Check the following.
-. Check if the Feed Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the harness of the Feed Sensor is
connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Feed Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF
Test Routine 102-290 Start Status check
Stop)
3. Check if the MP pick up roller is worn out.
4-77
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
Error message : Paper jam in tray 1
Symptom :
At printing, the paper from the tray1 has not reached to a feed sensor within a programmed period of time
after pick up.
Code : 01-005
-. Check if the Tray1 Pick-Up Clutch is assembled properly.
-. Check if the harness of the Tray1 Pick-Up Clutch is connected
properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray1 Pick-Up Clutch test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine
101-010 Start Operation Check (from sound) Stop)
4-78
Troubleshooting
connected properly.
Stop)
PICKUP
ROLLER
FORWARD
ROLLER
RETARD
ROLLER
3. Check if the pick up roller rubber is worn out or
contaminated.
4-79
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
Error message : Paper jam in tray 2 (or HCF)
Symptom :
At printing, the paper from the tray2 (or HCF) has not reached to a feed sensor within a programmed
period of time after pick up.
Code : 01-006
01-011
01-018
-. Check if the Tray2(or HCF) Motor and the Pick-Up
Clutch are assembled properly.
-. Check if the Tray2(or HCF) Motor harness and Pick-Up
Clutch harness are connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray2(or HCF) Pick-
Up Clutch test.
Test Routine 101-020 Start Operation Check
Stop)
4-80
Troubleshooting
PICKUP
ROLLER
FORWARD
ROLLER
RETARD
ROLLER
connected properly.
Stop)
contaminated.
4-81
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
Error message : Paper jam in tray 3
Symptom :
At printing, the paper from the tray3 has not reached to the feed sensor within a regular time after pick up.
Code : 01-007
01-012
01-019
-. Check if the Tray3 Motor and Pick-Up Clutch are
assembled properly.
-. Check if the Tray3 Motor harness and Pick-Up Clutch
harness are connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray3 Pick-Up Clutch
test.
Test Routine 101-030 Start Operation Check
Stop)
4-82
Troubleshooting
PICKUP
ROLLER
FORWARD
ROLLER
RETARD
ROLLER
connected properly.
Stop)
contaminated.
4-83
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Feed sensor or Regi Sensor is defective.
2. Exit sensor is defective.
3. Feed Clutch is defective.
4. Regi Clutch is defective.
Error message : Paper jam inside of machine
Symptom : Paper jam inside of machine
1. At Warm-up, the paper is jamming at Regi sensor or Feed sensor.
2. At printing, the paper is detecting at Regi sensor or Feed sensor continually.
3. At printing, the paper is not detected at exit sensor within a regular time.
Code : 01-009
2. Insert the paper as shown right and check the Regi
Sensor.
Test Routine 102-360 Start Check Status
Stop)
3. Check if the Exit Sensor is working properly.
Test Routine 102-370 Start Check Status
Stop)
-. Check if the Feed Sensor harness is connected properly.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test
Routine 102-290 Start Check Status Stop)
4-84
Troubleshooting
-. Check if the Feed/Regi Clutch are assembled properly.
-. Check if the Feed/Regi Clutch Harness are connected
properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Feed Clutch test.
Routine 101-080 Start Operation Check (from
sound) Stop)
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Regi Clutch test.
Routine 101-050 Start Operation Check (from
sound) Stop)
Feed Clutch
Regi Clutch
Regi Sensor
Exit Sensor
Regi Sensor
Feed Sensor
4-85
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
- If there is no jammed paper but error has occurred at warm-up, exit sensor is defective.
Error message : Paper jam in exit area
Symptom : Paper jam in exit area
Code : 01-010
1. Execute the Exit Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier
Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-370 Start
Check Status Stop)
Exit Sensor
4-86
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Check the Duplex Ready Sensor Harness and Connector.
2. Check if the UI message is changed by the Duplex Ready Sensor operation.
3. Check the duplex ready sensor.
Error message : Paper jam at the bottom of duplex path
Paper jam inside of duplex path
Symptom :
1. At Warm-up, Duplex Ready sensor has detected the paper.
2. At Printing, Duplex sensor is not off within a programmed period of time after paper moves into duplex
path.
Code : 01-014
01-016
-. Check if the Duplex Ready Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Duplex Ready Sensor Harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Duplex Ready Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-390 Start
Operation check Stop)
4-87
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Check the Duplex Sensor Harness and Connector.
2. Check if the UI message is changed by the Duplex Sensor operation.
3. Check the duplex sensor.
Error message : Paper jam at the top of duplex path
.
Symptom :
1. At Warm-up, Duplex sensor has detected the paper.
2. At Printing, Duplex sensor is not on within a regular time after paper moves into duplex path.
Code : 01-015
-. Check if the Duplex Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Duplex Sensor Harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Duplex Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-380 Start Operation
Check Stop)
4-88
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Check the Out-Bin Full Sensor Harness and Connector.
2. Check if the UI message is changed by the Out-Bin Full Sensor operation.
3. Check the Out-Bin Full Sensor.
Error message : Too much paper in output bin tray. Remove printed paper
Symptom :
The out-bin full sensor is on for 600ms.
Code : 01-017
-. Check if the Out-Bin Full Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Out-Bin Full Sensor Harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC Mode. Execute the Out-Bin Full Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 101-190 Start Operation
Check Stop)
4-89
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause: Fuser Unit is not installed and AC is not supplied to the Heat Lamp.
Error message : System Error :#02-000 Please turn off then on.
Symptom : At Warm-up, this error has occurred. The machine does not work until power off/on.
Code : 02-000
FDB
1. Check that the fuser unit is installed properly.
And turn the machine off then on again.
* If the error message persists, follow the next
step.
2. Measure the Fuser Thermostat resistance value.
Check if the Thermostat is open. (Parts catalog
p.65 No.51 item)
3. Measure the Heat lamp resistance value. Check
if the coil is shorted.
* When you check 2,3 step above, if there is any
problem, replace the fuser unit. If the problem
persists after power off/on, follow the next step.
4. Check if the thermistor connector on the
Engine Board is connected properly or harness
is defective.
5. Remove the Rear Lower Cover and SMPS
Shield. And check if the harness on FDB is
connected properly.
* If the connection is OK, replace the FDB. Turn the
machine off then on again. If the problem persists,
replace the engine board.
4-90
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause: The temperature does not climb to the target value within set up time. Thermistor is
defective.
Symptom : At Warm-up, this error has occurred. The machine does not work until power off/on.
Code :02-001
Normal Defective
Belt
Roller
1. Check if the fuser unit is installed in the machine
properly. Turn the machine then on.
* If the error persists, follow the next step.
2. Check if the fuser is overheated.
Take off the fuser. Check if the belt and roller is
defective by rotating the gear.
3. Check if the Thermistor is broken. (Thermistor :
Parts catalog P.65 No.53 item)
4. Check if the Thermistor is contaminated. Clean it
carefully.
* After following the above step 2,3,4, re-install the
fuser unit and turn the machine off then on.
If the error persists, follow the next step.
5. Update the latest FW.
* If the error persists, follow the next step.
6. Check if the thermistor connector on the Engine
Board is connected properly or harness is defective.
7. Remove the Rear Lower Cover and SMPS
Shield. And check if the harness on FDB is
connected properly.
* If the connection is OK, replace the FDB. Turn the
machine off then on again. If the problem persists,
replace the Engine board.
FDB
4-91
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause: The machine can not control fuser temperature.
1. Check if the fuser is overheated.
Take off the fuser. Check if the belt and roller is defective by rotating the gear.
* If there is any problem, replace the fuser unit after checking the following.
2. Check if the thermistor connector on the Engine Board is connected properly or harness is defective.
3. Remove the Rear Lower Cover and SMPS Shield. And check if the harness on FDB is connected
properly.
* If the connection is OK, replace the FDB. Turn the machine off then on again. If the problem persists,
replace the Engine board.
Symptom : The fuser unit is overheated. The machine does not work until power off/on.
Code :02-002
FDB
Belt
Roller
4-92
Troubleshooting
Code : 03-000 Error message : Motor does not operate: #03-000. Please turn off then on.
Symptom :
Motor Signal is abnormal.
Possible Cause:
1. ITB belt is contaminated by the toner.
3. BLDC ITB Motor is defective.
4. Engine Board is defective.
1. Check if the ITB belt is contaminated by the toner.
'T2&BLDC ITB
(CN16, 15pin)
-. Check if the Engine Board harness is defective.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the T2 & BLDC ITB Connector on Engine Board.
3, Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC ITB Motor properly.
4-93
Troubleshooting
4. If the harness is OK, enter the EDC mode and execute the BLDC ITB Motor test. If the BLDC motor
does not operate, replace it.
[How to replace the BLDC motor]
Unplug the harness (10 pin) carefully.
Remove 4 screws. Replace the BLDC Motor Assy.
5. If the problem persists after replacing the BLDC ITB Motor, replace the Engine Board.
BLDC ITB Motor
4-94
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Motor Signal is abnormal.
Possible Cause:
2. BLDC Black Motor is defective.
-. Check if the Engine Board Harness is defective.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC BK Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC BLACK Motor properly.
BLDC BK
(CN26, 13pin)
Power (SMPS,FDB)
Shield
1 2
BLDC BLACK
Motor
2. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the BLDC BLACK Motor test.
If the BLDC motor does not operate, replace it.
[ How to replace the BLDC motor ]
Remove the SMPS shield.
3. If the problem persists after replacing the BLDC Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-95
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
2. BLDC OPC Motor is defective.
BLDC OPC
(CN24, 12pin)
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC OPC Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC OPC Motor properly.
2. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the BLDC OPC Motor test.
If the BLDC OPC motor does not operate, replace it.
Power (SMPS,FDB)
Shield
1
BLDC OPC
Motor
2
3. If the problem persists after replacing the BLDC OPC Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-96
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
2. BLDC DEVE Motor is defective.
BLDC DEVE
(CN28, 14pin)
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC DEVE Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC DEVE Motor properly.
Power (SMPS,FDB)
Shield
1 2
BLDC DEVE
Motor
2. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the BLDC DEVE Motor test.
If the BLDC DEVE motor does not operate, replace it.
3. If the problem persists after replacing the BLDC DEVE Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-97
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
2. BLDC FUSER Motor is defective.
BLDC Fuser
(CN5, 10pin)
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC Fuser Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC Fuser Motor properly.
Engine board
shield
1 2
BLDC Fuser
Motor
2. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the BLDC Fuser Motor test.
If the BLDC Fuser motor does not operate, replace it.
Remove the Engine board shield.
3. If the problem persists after replacing the BLDC FUSER Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-98
Troubleshooting
Symptom : The motor to engage/ disengage the transfer belt does not operate.
Possible Cause:
2. T1 Engage DC Motor is defective.
T1 Engage DC
Motor
BLDC OPC
(CN24, 12pin)
T1 Engage sensor
(CN35, 3pin)
-. Check if the harness is connected to the BLDC OPC Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. Check if the harness is connected to the T1 Engage sensor connector properly.
2. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the T1 Engage Motor test.
If the T1 Engage motor does not operate, replace it.
[ How to replace the DC motor ]
Remove the SMPS board shield.
Remove 2 screws and unplug the connector. Replace the T1 engage DC motor.
3. If the problem persists after replacing the T1 Engage DC Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-99
Troubleshooting
Symptom : The motor to engage/ disengage the 2
nd
transfer roller does not operate.
Possible Cause:
2. T2 DC Motor is defective.
-. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the T2 DC Motor test.
If the Motor is not operate, remove the main drive unit.
'T2&BLDC ITB
(CN16, 15pin)
Main Drive Unit
1
2
Main Drive unit
-. Check if the harness is connected to the T2&BLDC ITB Connector on Engine Board properly.
4-100
Troubleshooting
-. Replace the T2 DC motor from the top of the Main Drive unit.
[How to replace the DC motor ]
Unplug the 2 pin connector.
Remove 2 screws and replace the DC Motor Assy.
3
T2 DC Motor
3. If the problem persists after replacing the T2 DC Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-101
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Waste toner motor does not operate.
Possible Cause:
2. Waste DC Motor is defective.
Waste mot & LSU Clean
(CN39, 10pin)
-. Check if the harness is connected to the Waste Motor & LSU Clean Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. If the connection is no problem, enter the EDC mode and execute the Waste DC Motor test.
If the Motor is not operate, replace it.
Remove the Front OPC.
Remove the Front Cover.
Replace the Waste
DC Motor.
1 2
3
3. If the problem persists after replacing the Waste DC Motor, replace the Engine Board.
4-102
Troubleshooting
Code : 04-000
04-003
Error message : LSU error: #04-000. Please turn off then on.
LSU error: #04-003. Please turn off then on.
Symptom : Black LSU Polygon Motor does not operate properly. (04-000)
Yellow LSU Polygon Motor does not operate properly. (04-003)
Possible Cause:
2. LSU is defective.
2. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the LSU Motor Run1. If there is any problem, replace the LSU.
[Refer to 3.2.2 General Disassembly / LSU ]
'LSU P-MOTOR
(CN21, 10pin)
Joint Joint
-. Check if the harness is connected to the LSU P-Motor Connector on Engine Board properly.
-. Check if the joint ,harness are connected properly.
3. If the problem persists after replacing the LSU, replace the Engine Board.
4-103
Troubleshooting
Code : 04-001
04-010
Symptom : After Black LD is on, Laser Beam Detect signal has not occurred or is irregular. (04-001)
After Cyan LD is on, Laser Beam Detect signal has not occurred or is irregular. (04-010)
Possible Cause:
'LSU 3&4
(CN22, 34pin)
Joint
Joint
-. Check if the harness is connected to the LSU 3&4 Connector on Engine Board properly.
2. Replace the LSU.
4-104
Troubleshooting
Code : 04-004
04-007
Symptom : After Yellow LD is on, Laser Beam Detect signal has not occurred or is irregular. (04-004)
After Magenta LD is on, Laser Beam Detect signal has not occurred or is irregular. (04-007)
Possible Cause:
'LSU 1&2
(CN34, 32pin)
Joint
Joint
-. Check if the harness is connected to the LSU 1&2 Connector on Engine Board properly.
2. Replace the LSU.
4-105
Troubleshooting
Code : 04-012 Error message : LSU error: #04-012. Please turn off then on.
Symptom : When opening or closing the LSU Shutter, it is not detected after a regular time passes.
Possible Cause:
4
Pusher LSU
Remove the Regi Clutch.

Release the both supports of
the Side door.
Remove the Regi Guide
Remove the Regi Frame.
Replace the LSU CLN Motor Assy.
1 2
3
4
5
1. Check if the Engine Board Harness is defective. (Refer to the Troubleshooting 03-014 [step1] )
2. Replace the DC Motor.
[How to replace the DC Motor]
3. If the problem persists after replacing the LSU CLN Motor Assy, replace the Engine Board.
4-106
Troubleshooting
Code :
06/25/26/27-002
06/25/26/27-003
06/25/26/27-023
Error message :
06/25/26/27-002 : Toner Cartridge is Not installed, Install it
06/25/26/27-003 : Toner Cartridge is Not Compatible, Check Users Guide
06/25/26/27-023 : Toner Cartridge is Not Compatible, Check Users Guide
Symptom : When installing the new toner cartridge, CRUM is not detected.
Possible Cause:
1. CRUM ID is different from the country type of the machine.
2. CRUM is defective.
3. The circuit related to CRUM has some problem.
< Korea Toner (Initial)>
< XAA Toner >
4. If the CRUM is defective, replace the toner cartridge.
5. In case that the circuit related to CRUM is defective, check the following.
Check if the CRUM Connector in SET and toner cartridge is contaminated or broken.
Check the circuit related to CRUM.
1. Turn the machine off then on.
2. If the problem persists, take out the toner cartridge and re-install it.
3. Check if the country type of the serial label of the toner cartridge is same with the machine country type.
< Toner cartridge connector in SET > < CRUM Connector in Toner cartridge >
4-107
Troubleshooting
Code
06-004
25-004
26-004
27-004
Error message
06-004 : Did not supply enough black toner, Please open/close door
25-004 : Did not supply enough cyan toner, Please open/close door
26-004 : Did not supply enough magenta toner, Please open/close door
27-004 : Did not supply enough yellow toner, Please open/close door
Symptom : Imaging Unit could not be supplied with enough toner.
Possible Cause:
1. The toner supply part in the imaging unit is blocked or broken.
2. The toner supply part in the toner cartridge is blocked or broken.
3. The coupling in the imaging unit does not rotate.
4. The coupling in the toner cartridge does not rotate.
5. The toner supply motor does not operate.
6. The toner supply pipe is blocked.
[case1] The toner supply part in the imaging unit is blocked or broken.
Check the toner supply shutter in the imaging unit.
Check if the shutter is opened by pushing with hands.
Check if the shutter spring, shutter, toner supply part in
the imaging unit are broken.
Replace the broken part or imaging unit.
[case3] The coupling in the imaging unit does not rotate.
[case2] The toner supply part in the toner cartridge is blocked or broken.
Check the toner supply shutter in the toner cartridge.
Check if the shutter is opened by pushing with hands.
Check if the shutter spring, shutter, toner supply part in the
toner cartridge are broken.
Replace the broken part or toner cartridge.
Check if the Magroller driving coupling is rotated clockwise.
If it is not rotated clockwise, replace the imaging unit.
4-108
Troubleshooting
[case4] The coupling in the toner cartridge does not rotate.
Check it the coupling of the toner
cartridge is rotated.
Rotate the coupling clockwise.
If the coupling is not rotated, shake
the toner cartridge 5~6 times as shown
picture.
Print or copy about 50 pages for test.
[case6] The toner supply pipe is blocked.
[case5] The toner supply motor does not operate.
Check if the toner supply motor (Parts Catalog 12. No.35 Toner Drive) is operated properly.
Take out the cyan toner cartridge.
Enter the EDC mode. Execute the following test to check the motor operation.
Toner Dispense Motor Cyan(code 111-020)
Toner Dispense Motor Magenta(code 111-010)
Toner Dispense Motor Yellow(code 111-000)
If the motor is not working, replace it.
Check the toner supply pipe (Parts Catalog 12. No.34 Duct
Toner)
Check if the shutter and spring is broken.
Replace the broken part or clean the contaminated part.
Shake it !
Toner supply
Motor
4-109
Troubleshooting
Code :
06/25/26/27-012
06/25/26/27-017
06/25/26/27-024
Error message :
06/25/26/27-012 : Imaging unit is not installed, Install it
06/25/26/27-017 : Imaging unit is not compatible, Check user's Guide
06/25/26/27-024 : Imaging unit is not compatible, Check user's Guide
Symptom : When installing the new imaging unit, CRUM is not detected.
Possible Cause:
1. CRUM is defective.
<Imaging Unit Connector in SET> < Imaging Unit CRUM Connector >
Check if the CRUM Connector in SET and is contaminated or broken.
Check the circuit related to CRUM.
1. Turn the machine off then on.
2. If the problem persists, take out the imaging unit and re-install it.
3. If the CRUM is defective, replace the toner cartridge.
4. In case that the circuit related to CRUM is defective, check the following.
4-110
Troubleshooting
Code :
06/25/26/27-013
06/25/26/27-014
06/25/26/27-015
06/25/26/27-016
Error message :
06/25/26/27-013 : Imaging unit error: #06/25/26/27-013 Please open/close door
Symptom : The toner supply into the Imaging Unit is abnormal.
(06-Black / 25-Cyan / 26-Magenta / 27-Yellow)
Possible Cause:
1. Black/Yellow/Cyan/Magenta toner cartridge is empty or the coupling does not work properly.
2. The toner supply motor is defective or the supply shutter is defective.
3. The sensor harness of the imaging unit is defective or the connector is not connected.
[case1] If the toner cartridge is empty, replace it.
If there is toner in the toner cartridge, check that coupling is rotated clockwise properly.
[case2-1] The toner supply motor is defective
Check if the toner supply motor (Parts Catalog 12. No.35 Toner Drive) is working.
Take out the Cyan toner cartridge.
Enter the EDC mode. Execute the following test.
Toner Dispense Motor Black (code 111-030)
Toner Dispense Motor Cyan (code 111-020)
Toner Dispense Motor Magenta (code 111-010)
Toner Dispense Motor Yellow (code 111-000)
If the motor is not working, replace it.
Toner supply
motor
<Y / M / C> <Bk>
4-111
Troubleshooting
[case3] The sensor harness of the imaging unit is defective or the connector is not connected.
1 2
3
-. Separate the CRUM section.
-. Check if the sensor harness is defective or not
connected.
[case2-2] The supply shutter is defective.
Check the shutter in toner
supply pipe.
Check the shutter in imaging unit.
4-112
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-000
53-003
Error message : Paper jam in front of finisher
Symptom : Feed motor has stopped for printing job.
Possible Cause: Gate sensor defect , Feed motor defect , Finisher main board defect.
1. Check if the Finisher cable is connected to the
machine.
2. Open the finisher bottom cover and check the
LED on the finisher main board.
At that time, all finisher doors must be closed.
Check if the red, yellow, green LED are on.
3. If the yellow LED is not on, check the
connection of the switch in the Finisher Front
Door.
4. Check if the gate sensor harness is connected
properly or actuator is broken.
5. Check if the Finisher Feed motor harness is
connected or operated properly.
6. If the problem persists, replace the finisher main
board.
4-113
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-001
53-004
Error message : Paper jam inside of finisher
Symptom : Feed motor and exit motor have stopped for initialization or printing job.
Possible Cause: Gate sensor defect , Feed motor defect, Finisher main board defect
1. Check if the Finisher cable is connected to the machine.
2. Open the finisher bottom cover and check the LED on the finisher main board.
3. If the yellow LED is not on, check the connection of the switch in the Finisher Front Door.
4-114
Troubleshooting
4. Check if the gate sensor harness is connected properly or actuator is broken.
Check if the Finisher Feed motor harness is connected or operated properly.
5. Check if the finisher exit sensor harness is connected properly or actuator is broken.
Check if the finisher exit motor harness is connected or operated properly.
6. If the problem persists, replace the finisher main board.
4-115
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-002
53-005
Error message : Paper jam at exit of finisher
Symptom : Exit motor has stopped for printing job.
Possible Cause: Exit sensor defect , Exit motor defect ,Finisher main board defect.
machine.
2. Open the finisher bottom cover and check the LED
on the finisher main board.
3. If the yellow LED is not on, check the connection of
the switch in the Finisher Front Door.
4. Check if the finisher exit sensor harness is connected
properly or actuator is broken.
5. Check if the finisher exit motor harness is connected or
operated properly.
4-116
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-003
53-006
Error message : Paper jam inside finisher's duplex
Symptom : The paper has stopped at finisher duplex sensor for duplex job.
Possible Cause: Duplex sensor defect, Finisher main board defect
1. Check if the Finisher Duplex harness is connected properly or actuator is broken.
Code : 07-004 Error message : Too much paper in finisher stacker. Remove printed paper
Symptom : There are too much paper in finisher tray.
Possible Cause: Stacker height detection sensor defect, finisher main board defect.
1. Remove the paper in finisher tray.
If the paper is removed, stacker tray will lift up.
If the stacker tray does not lift up, follow the next step.
2. Check if the stacker height detection sensor is connected properly or actuator is broken.
3. Check if the stacker top detection sensor is connected and operated properly.
4-117
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-005
07-015
Error message : Staple cartridge is not installed. Install it in finisher
Staple cartridge is empty. Replace it
Symptom : Stapler does not work.
Possible Cause: Stapler harness defect, Staple cartridge set sensor defect, Finisher Main Board defect
1. Check if the stapler harness is connected properly.
2. Check if the staple cartridge is installed properly.
3. Check if the staple cartridge set sensor is operated properly.
4-118
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-006 Error message : Finisher door is open. Close it
Symptom : Finisher could not be supplied with 24V power. So finisher has stopped.
Possible Cause :
Some covers of the finisher and mail box are not closed.
Finisher and mail box cover S/W harness is not connected properly.
Finisher Jam door sensor is broken.
Finisher main board is broken.
1. Check if all cover of the Finisher and Mailbox is opened. Close all covers perfectly.
2. If the problem persists, check if the finisher cover S/W harness is connected and operated properly.
3. Check if the Finisher jam door sensor harness is connected properly.
Check if the Finisher jam door flag is broken.
4. Check if the Mailbox door S/W harness is connected properly.
Check if the Mailbox cover flag is broken.
4-119
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-007 Error message : Finisher error: #07-007. Please turn off then on
Symptom : Finisher does not work because of communication error between finisher and engine.
Possible Cause: Interface Cable connection error, Interface Cable defect, Finisher Main Board defect
1. Check the Finisher I/F Cable is connected properly. Reconnect it.
2. If the problem persists, replace the Interface Cable.
4-120
Troubleshooting
Code : 07-008 Error message : Finisher error: #07-008. Please turn off then on
Symptom : Main Paddle does not work.
Possible Cause: Paddle Home Sensor defect, Paddle motor defect , Main board defect
machine.
connection of the switch in the Finisher Front Door.
5. Check if the paddle motor harness is connected
properly.
6. Check if the compile separate cam is operated
properly.
board.
4. Check it the finisher paddle home sensor
harness is connected properly.
4-121
Troubleshooting
Code :07-009 Error message : Finisher error: #07-009. Please turn off then on
Symptom : Front Jogger does not work.
Possible Cause: Front Jogger Home Sensor defect, Front Jogger Motor defect, Finisher main board
defect.
machine.
4. Check if the finisher front jogger home sensor harness
is connected properly.
5. Check if the finisher front jogger motor harness is
connected properly.
6. Check if the front jogger shaft is contaminated.
4-122
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Rear Jogger does not work.
Possible Cause: Rear Jogger Home Sensor defect, Rear Jogger Motor defect, Finisher main board
defect
machine.
4. Check if the finisher rear jogger home sensor
5. Check if the finisher rear jogger motor harness is
connected properly.
6. Check if the rear jogger shaft is contaminated.
board.
4-123
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Extension Tray does not work.
Possible Cause: Extension Tray Home Sensor defect, Extension Tray Motor defect, Finisher main
board defect
machine.
4. Check if the finisher extension tray home sensor
5. Check if the finisher extension tray motor harness
is connected properly.
6. Check if the bracket of the finisher extension tray
home sensor has deformed. (Check if the bracket
meets at right angles.)
board.
4-124
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Ejector does not work.
Possible Cause: Ejector Home/Encoder Sensor defect, Extension Tray Motor defect , Eject Belt defect,
Finisher Main Board defect
machine.
4. Check if the eject home sensor harness is
connected properly and the actuator is broken.
5. Check if the ejector motor harness is connected
properly.
6. Check if the ejector motor encoder is idling in the
motor shaft.
7. Check if the eject belt is broken.
board.
4-125
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Stapler does not work.
Possible Cause: Paper detect sensor defect, Stapler defect., Stapler head defect, Finisher main board
defect.
machine.
4. Check if the paper detect sensor harness is connected
properly and contaminated.
5. Check if the stapler harness is connected properly.
6. Check if the stapler head section is broken by the staple
chip.
4-126
Troubleshooting
Symptom : Stack Unit does not work.
Possible Cause: Stacker Upper Limit sensor defect, Stack Full sensor defect, Stack Lower S/W defect,
Stacker Motor defect, Finisher Main Board defect.
1. Check if the Finisher cable is connected to the machine.
2. Open the finisher bottom cover and check the LED on the finisher main board.
3. If the yellow LED is not on, check the connection of the switch in the Finisher Front Door.
4-127
Troubleshooting
4. Check if the stacker upper limit sensor harness is connected properly and the actuator is broken.
5. Check if the stacker motor harness is connected properly.
6. Check if the Stack Full sensor harness and Stacker Lower S/W harness are connected properly.
4-128
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Scan roller or Idle roller is defective.
2. Scan sensor or actuator is defective.
3. Document paper path is contaminated.
Error message : Original paper jam in front of scanner
Original paper does not feed in scanner
1.Check if the Scan roller and the Idle roller are operated properly.
2. Check if the scan sensor is operated. (chapter 2. : 2.3.3.7 Sensor No,50)
3. Check if the E/CLUTCH for the scan roller is operated properly.
Symptom :
The lead edge of the document failed to actuate the scan sensor within the correct time after actuating the r
egistration sensor.
Code : 08-000
08-001
Scan Roller
Idle Roller
E/Clutch for the scan roller
E/Clutch for the P/up roller
4-129
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause :
1. Gate sensor or actuator is defective.
2. Document paper path is contaminated.
3. WHITE BAR SHEET is not attached properly.
4. WHITE BAR is defective.
Error message : Original paper jam inside of scanner
1. Check if the gate sensor is operated properly. (service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 51,53)
2. Check if the WHITE BAR SHEET is attached properly.
3. In case that the document is jammed between white bar and glass, check if the WHITE BAR get curved.
4. Check if the document paper path is contaminated.
Symptom :
The lead edge of the document has not reached to scan sensor after being sensed by the regi sensor.
Code :08-002
White Bar
4-130
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Duplex sensor or actuator is defective.
2. There is the contamination on paper path or a defective assembly.
3. Gate duplex does not work properly.
4. Duplex motor is defective.
Error message : Original paper jam while reversing paper in scanner
Original paper jam inside of scanner duplex path
1. Check if the gate sensor is defective. (service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 51)
2. Check if the document paper path is contaminated.
3. Check if the solenoid is operated properly.
==>Check it the Gate is rotating.
Symptom : At duplex scan, the lead edge of the document has not reached to the duplex sensor after
scanning the front side.
Code : 08-003
08-010
Gate
< Top view > < Rear view >
Main Motor
SOLENOID
4-131
Troubleshooting
<To check the Gate rotation, disassemble the cover duplex. >
==>Check if the Gate position sensor is operated properly. (service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 53)
4. Check if the duplex motor is operated properly. Check the connection.
DUPLEX MOTOR
< Cover Duplex >
4-132
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Scan sensor or actuator is defective.
2. There is the contamination on paper path or a defective assembly.
Error message : Original paper jam in front of scanner duplex path
1. Check if the scan sensor (service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 50) is operated properly.
2. Check if there is the contamination on paper path or a defective assembly.
Symptom : The bottom edge of the document failed to pass the scan sensor after the lead edge of the
document has reached to the duplex sensor and scan sensor.
Code : 08-004
Possible Cause:
1. Jam sensors and actuators are defective.
2. There is the jammed document in the DADF.
Error message : Original paper jam inside of scanner
1. Check if Jam sensors (service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 50,51,52,53,55) are operated properly.
2. Remove the jammed paper in the DADF.
Symptom :
The document is detected by sensors (Regi, Scan, Gate, Duplex, Reverse Stack) after initialization.
Code : 08-006
Possible Cause: : The cover open sensor is defective.
Error message : Top door of scanner is open
Check if the cover open sensor( service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 49) is operated properly.
Symptom : DADF door is opened.
Code : 08-008
4-133
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause: :
1. Check the document length is satisfied in specification.
2. Check if ADF roller and ADF rubber is worn out or their surface are contaminated.
Error message : Original paper is too long for scanner. Check size
1. If the ADF roller is worn out or its surface is contaminated, clean or replace it.
2. If the ADF rubber is worn out or its surface is contaminated, clean or replace it.
Symptom : The bottom edge of the document failed to pass the gate sensor after the lead edge of the
document has reached at gate sensor.
Code : 08-007
ADF Roller
ADF Rubber
4-134
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause :
1. The memory is not installed.
2. The memory is installed but it is not inserted in the slot properly.
3. The memory is broken.
Error message : Memory failure: #10-001. Please turn off then on
1. Turn the machine off. Remove the memory on Memory DIMM Slot and insert it again.
2. Check if the memory DIMM is supported in this machine. If or not, replace the memory DIMM.
3. If the problem persists after turning on machine, replace the memory DIMM.
Symptom : At system booting, the memory could not be detected.
Code : 10-001
Memory
< Video Board >
4-135
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause :
1. The fax card is not installed.
2. The fax card is not installed properly.
3. The fax card is broken.
4. The modem install is not done after installing the fax card
Error message : Fax unit error: #10-002. Please turn off then on
1. Replace the fax unit and check if it is working properly.
2. If the problem persists after replacing the fax unit, replace the video board.
Symptom :Fax unit has some problem.
Code : 10-002
Fax unit case
< Engine Board & Video Board >
4-136
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause :
1. Hard disk is not installed.
2. Hard disk is not installed properly.
3. Hard disk is broken.
Error message : Hard disk drive error: #10-003. Please turn off then on
1. Turn the machine off. If the hard disk is not installed, install it.
2. Check if the hard disk connector is connected correctly. Reconnect it and turn the machine on.
3. If the problem persists, replace the new hard disk.
4. If the problem persists after replacing the hard disk, replace the video board.
Symptom : HDD has some problem.
Code : 10-003
< HDD 80G, 160G >
< Video Board SATA Connector >
4-137
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause : GUI data communication error between video board and OPE board.
Error message : System error: #10-004. Please turn off then on
1.Check if the connector on OPE board is connected properly. Reconnect it.
If the problem persists, replace the OPE board.
2. If the problem persists after replacing the OPE board, replace the video board.
Symptom : Machine operation is abnormal.
Code : 10-004
< Turn up OPE > < Check the OPE connector >
4-138
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause : Communication error occurred with scanner board.
Error message : Communication problem occurred with scanner unit
1. Check if the DADF connector is connected properly. Reconnect it.
2. If the connection has no problem, replace the DADF board. ( Refer to 3.2.2.2 DADF in chapter 3 )
3. If the problem persists after replacing the DADF, replace the video board.
Symptom : Communication error occurred with scanner board.
Code : 10-006
< DADF Connector >
4-139
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause :
1. Option Tray Connection is defective.
Error message :
Communication problem occurred with tray 2
Communication problem occurred with tray 2(HCF)
1.Check if the connection between the set and the tray2 (or HCF) is correct. If the connection is correct,
replace the tray2(or HCF) board.
2. If the problem persists after replacing the tray2 (or HCF) board , replace the engine board.
Symptom : Tray2 or HCF is not connected to the machine properly.
Code : 10-008
Possible Cause :
1. Option Tray Connection is defective.
Error message :
Communication problem occurred with tray 3
1.Check if the connection between the set and the tray3 is correct. If the connection is correct, replace the
tray3 board.
2. If the problem persists after replacing the tray3 board , replace the engine board.
Symptom : Tray3 is not connected to the machine properly.
Code : 10-009
4-140
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Scanner locking switch is locked.
2. Scan motor is broken away.
3. Home sensor is defective.
Error message : Scanner locking switch is locked or another problem occurred
1. Unlock the locking switch.
2. Check if the scan motor is assembled and the harness is connected properly.
3. Check if there is any problem between the CCDM and the shaft.
4. Check if the scan home sensor is operated properly. (service Manual 2.3.3.7 Sensor 48)
Symptom : Scanner locking switch is locked or Home checking is abnormal.
Code :11-003
Locking switch
Shaft
CCDM
Motor
4-141
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Check the harness and connector of the Trya2 (or HCF) Size1/2/3 Sensor.
2. Tray2 (or HCF) Size1/2/3 Sensor is defective.
Error message : Load tray 2 (or HCF) with [Letter], [Plain] paper
Symptom :
The paper in tray is not proper.
Code : 12-001
2. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the tray2 (or HCF)
Size1/2/3 Sensor test.
Test Routine 102-090 (100, 110) Start
Operation Check Stop)
1
2
3
4-142
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Check the harness and connector of the Tray3 Size1/2/3 Sensor.
2. Tray3 Size1/2/3 Sensor is defective.
Error message : Load tray 3 with [Letter], [Plain] paper
Symptom :
The paper in tray is not proper.
Code : 12-002
2. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the tray3 Size1/2/3
Sensor test.
Test Routine 102-160 (170, 040) Start
Operation Check Stop)
.
1
2
3
4-143
Troubleshooting
Code : 13-000 Error message : This IP address conflicts with that of other system. Check it
Symptom : Can not access to SWS. Can not print the page by the network.
Possible Cause :
IP address conflicts with that of other system.
1. Unplug the LAN cable.
2. To initialize the arp table, type arp d on MS-DOS prompt and press the enter key.
3. To check using IP, type ping ip-address on MS-DOS prompt.
(You can check the host name by typing nbtstat -a ip-address on MS-DOS prompt.
4. Change the machines IP or other devices IP.
4-144
Troubleshooting
Code : 13-003
13-004
13-005
13-006
Error message : BOOTP error. Switching to Auto IP
BOOTP error. Reconfigure DHCP or static IP
DHCP error. Switching to Auto IP
DHCP error. Reconfigure BOOTP or static IP
Symptom : The IP of the printer is set up to Auto IP (169.254.133.x)
Can not access to SWS. Can not print the page by the network.
Possible Cause :
- IP address is set up to BOOTP but BOOTP server does not respond. So, IP address is switching to AUTO
IP.
- IP address is set up to BOOTP but BOOTP server does not respond. So, IP address is not assigned and
Auto IP is not operated.
- IP address is set up to DHCP but DHCP server does not respond. So, IP address is switching to AUTO IP.
- IP address is set up to DHCP but DHCP server does not respond. So, IP address is not assigned and
Auto IP is not operated.
1. Check if BOOTP (or DHCP) server is operated properly.( Check if both DHCP and BOOTP are
operated.)
2. Change the IP address to subnet address that is the same with PC by using LUI or SetIP.
ex) PC : 10.88.195.100
Printer: 10.88.195.101
3. Access to SWS with changed address and change the IP address assignment method.
<Static IP Address assignment in SWS>
4-145
Troubleshooting
Code : 13-007 Error message : 802.1x authentication failed. Please Contact the System
Administrator.
Symptom : Can not access to SWS. Can not print the page by the network.
Possible Cause :
Can not get the authentication from server after setting up to 802.1x on SWS. Can not access to network.
1. Check if the 802. 1x Authentication is Enable.
2. Check if the Authentication method is selected properly.
3. Check if the User Name/Password is entered properly.
4. Inquire of authentication server manager about the problem.
4-146
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause :
There is not enough fax memory.
Error message :
Too many faxes are received. Print or remove received fax.
Fax memory is full. Print or remove received fax Job
Too many faxes are queued to be sent. Wait or remove queued job.
1. To print the received fax job, check the following.
- If there is no paper in tray, load it.
- If the toner cartridge is empty, replace it.
2. Delete the stored fax job. (Document box > System Box > Secured Received Fax )
3. Delete the stored fax job. (Document box > System Box > Send Fax )
Symptom : Can not execute the Fax function.
Code :
18-000
18-001
18-002
Delete
Delete
4-147
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. The connector of the Tray1 Home Position Sensor is not connected properly.
2. Tray1 Home Position Sensor is defective.
Error message : Tray 1 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly
Symptom :
Tray1 cassette is inserted in machine but error message is displayed.
Code : 21-003
-. Check if the Tray1 Home Position Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Tray1 Home Position Sensor harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray1 Home Position Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-000Start Operation
check Stop)
4-148
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Tray1 Paper Low Sensor harness is not connected properly.
2. Tray1 Paper Low Sensor is defective.
Error message : Paper is low in tray 1. Load paper
Symptom :
There are enough papers in tray1 but error message is displayed.
Code : 21-004
-. Check if the Tray1 Paper Low Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Tray1 Paper Low Sensor harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray1 Paper Low Sensor test.
check Stop)
4-149
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Elevating Sensor is defective.
2. Elevating Motor connector is not connected properly. .
Error message :
Elevating unit in tray 1 has problem. Pull tray 1 out and insert it
Elevating unit in tray2 (or HCF) has problem. Pull tray2 (or HCF) out and insert it
Elevating unit in Tray3 has problem. Pull Tray3 out and insert it
Symptom :
Tray1 is inserted in the machine but the elevating unit does not work.
Tray2 (or HCF) is inserted in the machine but the elevating unit does not work.
Tray3 is inserted in the machine but the elevating unit does not work.
Code :
21-006
21-022
21-030
Before checking this, check 21-003 or 21-009
error troubleshooting.
1. Push the elevating sensor actuator while the
tray1(2/ 3/ HCF) home position sensor is on.
2. Check if the Tray1 (2 / 3/ HCF) Elevating Motor is
assembled properly.
3. Check if the Tray1 (2 / 3/ HCF) Elevating Motor
Push it !
4-150
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. MP Paper Empty Sensor harness is not connected properly. .
2. MP Paper Empty Sensor is defective.
Error message : Paper is empty in MP tray. Load paper
Symptom :
There is the paper in MP tray but error message is displayed.
Code : 21-010
-. Check if the MP Paper Empty sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the MP Paper Empty sensor harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the MP Paper Empty sensor test.
check Stop)
4-151
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
IF_Under connector is defective.
Error message :
Tray2 is not installed
Tray3 is not installed
Symptom :
Tray2 (3 or HCF) is installed but not detected.
Code :
21-016
21-024
1. Check if the IF_Under connector on the engine board is connected properly.
2. Check if the IF_Under connector on the tray2 (3 or HCF) board is connected properly.
3. Check if the connector between the machine and the tray2 (3 or HCF) is connected properly.
4-152
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Tray2 (or HCF) paper empty sensor harness is not connected properly.
2. Tray2 (or HCF) paper empty sensor is defective.
Error message :
Paper is empty in tray2 (or HCF). Load paper
Paper is empty in Tray3 Load paper
Symptom :
Paper is loaded in tray2 (or HCF) but error message is displayed. (21-018)
Paper is loaded in tray3 but error message is displayed. (21-026)
Code :
21-018
21-026
-. Check if the tray2 (3/ HCF) paper empty sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the tray2 (3/ HCF) paper empty sensor harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute tray2 (3/ HCF) paper empty sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-080 (102-150) Start
4-153
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. The connector of the Tray2(3/ HCF) Home Position Sensor is not connected properly.
2. Tray2 (3/ HCF) Home Position Sensor is defective.
Error message :
Tray2(or HCF) cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly
Tray3 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly
Symptom :
Tray2 (or HCF) cassette is inserted in machine but error message is displayed.
Tray3 cassette is inserted in machine but error message is displayed.
Code :
21-019
21-027
-. Check if the Tray2 (3/ HCF) Home Position Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Tray2 (3/ HCF) Home Position Sensor harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray2(3/ HCF) Home Position Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-070(102-140)Start
4-154
Troubleshooting
Possible Cause:
1. Tray2 (3/ HCF) Paper Low Sensor harness is not connected properly.
2. Tray2 (3/ HCF) Paper Low Sensor is defective.
Error message :
Paper is low in Tray2(or HCF) . Load paper
Paper is low in Tray3 . Load paper
Symptom :
There are enough papers in tray2 (or HCF) but error message is displayed.
There are enough papers in tray3 but error message is displayed.
Code :
21-020
21-028
-. Check if the Tray2 (3/ HCF) Paper Low Sensor is assembled properly.
-. Check if the Tray2 (3/ HCF) Paper Low Sensor harness is connected properly.
-. Enter the EDC mode. Execute the Tray2 (3/ HCF) Paper Low Sensor test.
(EDC Mode Test Routines Copier Engine/DADF Test Routine 102-130(102-200)Start
4-155
Troubleshooting
Code :
28-001
28-002
28-003
Error message :
Transfer belt is not installed. Install it.
Transfer belt is not compatible for this machine. Check users guide.
Symptom : The red LED is turning on and the machine does not operate.
Possible Cause: :
The transfer belt unit is installed in the machine but the machine could not read information from CRUM.
CRUM information is different from machine.
1. Check if the CRUM terminal of the transfer belt unit is contaminated. Clean the contact point.
2. Check if the Transfer Belt Unit CRUM Harness is defective and connected on engine board properly.
3. Replace the CRUM to the normal thing and test it. If the CRUM is defective, replace the transfer belt
unit.
Transfer Belt Unit CRUM
Transfer Belt Unit CRUM Harness
CRUM terminal
4-156
Troubleshooting
Code :
29-000
29-001
29-002
29-003
Error message
29-000 : Density calibration for yellow color is failed. Check its imaging unit
29-001 : Density calibration for magenta color is failed. Check its imaging unit
29-002 : Density calibration for cyan color is failed. Check its imaging unit
29-003 : Density calibration for black color is failed. Check its imaging unit
Symptom : The toner calibration value of the Imaging Unit is abnormal.
Possible Cause:
1. The sensitivity value of the toner density sensor is not in normal area.
Open and close the side cover (1~2 times)
If the problem persists, replace the imaging unit.
If the problem persists after replacing the imaging unit, check the relative harness and hardware part.
[case1] The sensitivity value of the toner density sensor is not in normal area.
[case2] The circuit related to CRUM has some problem.
Check the circuit related to CRUM in the imaging unit.
1
2
3
- Disassemble the CRUM part.
- Check if the sensor harness is defective or
connector is connected properly.
- Replace the imaging unit.
First, turn the machine off then re-install the imaging unit.
Turn the machine on. If the problem persists, check the following.
4-157
Troubleshooting
CRUM Connector in SET/Imaging unit is contaminated or connector pin is broken.
< CRUM Connector in SET > < Imaging Unit CRUM Connector >
4-158
Troubleshooting
Code :
29-004
29-005
20-006
29-007
Error message
29-004 : Sensor failure: #29-004. Call for service
Symptom : T/C value keeps constant. (In case of normal status, it is a periodic waveform. )
Possible Cause:
1. Sensor defect / Sensor assembly defect / Sensor harness defect
2. ADC on the engine board is defective.
[case2] ADC on the engine board is defective. Replace the engine board.
[case1] Sensor defect / Sensor assembly defect / Sensor harness defect
1
2
3
Check the circuit related to CRUM in the imaging unit.
- Disassemble the CRUM part.
- Check if the sensor harness is defective or connector is
connected properly.
- Replace the imaging unit.
CRUM Connector in SET/Imaging unit is contaminated or connector pin is broken.
< CRUM Connector in SET > < Imaging Unit CRUM Connector >
4-159
Troubleshooting
Code
29-008
29-009
29-010
29-011
Error message
29-008 : Machine cannot read the resistance of yellow imaging unit
29-009 : Machine cannot read the resistance of magenta imaging unit
29-010 : Machine cannot read the resistance of cyan imaging unit
29-011 : Machine cannot read the resistance of black imaging unit
Symptom :
Contact of the OPC unit is abnormal or high voltage part has some problem. So, the resistance of the
charge roller can not be read in a normal area.
Possible Cause:
1. The proper current value is not sensed by a wrong installation of the imaging unit.
2. High voltage has not occurred.
3. The current value is not sensed by a HVPS defect.
[case2] High voltage has not occurred.
[case1] The proper current value is not sensed by a wrong installation of the imaging unit.
[case3] The current value is not sensed by a HVPS defect. Replace the HVPS board.
Check the high voltage contact between SET and imaging unit.
Take out the imaging unit and check the HV contact in SET.
Check if the HV contact of the Imaging Unit is contaminated.
Check if the HVPS connector is connected properly.
MHV_C/K
MHV_Y/M
4-160
Troubleshooting
Code : 53-000 Error message : Finisher door is open. Close it
Symptom : Although the finisher door is closed, the error message will be displayed.
Possible Cause: Finisher door switch defect , Finisher Cover flag defect
1. Check if the finisher door switch is operated properly.
2. Check if the finisher cover flag is broken.
4-161
Troubleshooting
Code : 53-001 Error message : Finisher jam door is open. Close it
Symptom : Although the finisher door is closed, the error message will be displayed.
Possible Cause: Finisher jam door sensor defect, Finisher jam door flag defect.
1. Check if the Finisher jam door sensor is operated properly.
2. Check if the Finisher Jam door flag is broken.
4-162
Troubleshooting
Code :53-002 Error message : Mailbox door is open. Close it
Symptom : Although the mail box door is closed, the error message will be displayed.
Possible Cause: Mailbox door switch defect, door flag defect.
1. Check if the Mailbox door S/W harness is connected properly.
2. Check if the Mailbox cover flag is broken.
4-163
Troubleshooting
Code :53-007 Error message : Paper jam inside mailbox
Symptom : Paper is jamming inside mailbox.
Possible Cause:
Connection error between Finisher and Mailbox, Mailbox Feed motor defect, Gate Motor defect,
Finisher Main Board defect
1. If the connection between Finisher and machine
is correct and finisher works properly, follow the
next step.
2. Check the connection between finisher and
mailbox.
3. Check if the Mailbox Feed Motor is connected
and operated properly.
4. Check if the Gate motor of the Mailbox Bin is
connected and operated properly.
Check if the Gate home sensor is connected and
operated properly.
5. Check if the Mailbox Gate is operated properly.
6. If the problem persists, replace the mailbox main
board.
4-164
Troubleshooting
Code :53-008 Error message : Paper jam at exit of mailbox
Symptom : Paper is jamming inside mailbox.
Possible Cause: Connection error between Finisher and Mailbox, Mailbox Feed motor defect, Gate
Motor defect, Finisher Main Board defect
1. If the connection between Finisher and machine
is correct and finisher works properly, follow the
next step.
2. Check the connection between finisher and
mailbox.
3. Check if the Mailbox Feed Motor is connected
and operated properly.
4. Check if the Gate motor of the Mailbox Bin is
connected and operated properly.
Check if the Gate home sensor is connected and
operated properly.
6. Check if the exit sensor in the Gate is operated
properly.
7. If the problem persists, replace the mailbox main
board.
4-165
Troubleshooting
Code : 53-009 Error message : Too much paper in stacker(1~6). Remove printed paper
Symptom : There is no paper on Mailbox stacker but the error message is displayed by the full detection
sensor defect.
Possible Cause: Mailbox empty detection sensor defect, Full detection sensor defect, Finisher Main
Board defect.
1. If the connection between Finisher and machine is correct and finisher works properly, follow the next
step.
2. Check the connection between finisher and mailbox.
3.Check if the empty detection sensor is connected properly and the actuator is broken.
4. Check if the full detection sensor is connected properly and the actuator is broken.
5. If the problem persists, replace the mailbox main board.
4-166
Troubleshooting
Code : 53-010
53-011
Error message : Finisher error: #53-010. Please turn off then on
Finisher error: #53-011. Please turn off then on
Symptom :
It is abnormal that paper comes out on Bin 4,5,6. (53-010)
It is abnormal that paper comes out on Bin 2,3. (53-011)
Possible Cause: Connection error between Finisher and Mailbox, Gate Motor defect, Home sensor
defect, Finisher Main Board defect
1. If the connection between Finisher and machine is correct and finisher works properly, follow the next
step.
2. Check the connection between finisher and mailbox.
3. Check if the Upper Gate Motor (53-010) and Lower Gate Motor (53-011) are connected properly and
broken.
4. Check if the Upper Gate Home sensor (53-010) and Lower Gate Home sensor (53-011) are connected
properly.
6. If the problem persists, replace the mailbox main board.
< Upper Gate Motor > < Lower Gate Motor >
4-167
Troubleshooting
4.4.4 I mage qual i t y pr obl ems and sol ut i ons
Insufficient Toner Fixing
Offset Image
Toner Contamination
Spots
Vertical Random Streak
Horizontal Line(s)
Periodic Jitter
Micro Jitter
Inaccurate Color Registration
Dragged Image
No Image Output
Carriers on Image
Auger Marks
Foggy Backgrounds
Full Solid Image
Horizontal Image Density Difference
Vertical Irregular Image Density
Low Image Density
Vertical Thick/Dark Band
Vertical White Band for Copy Job
Vertical Moving White Band
Vertical White Band
Horizontal Thick/Dark Band(s)
Defect
4-208
4-206~207
4-204~205
4-202~203
4-199~201
4-196~198
4-195
4-194
4-192~193
4-189~191
4-188
4-187
4-186
4-185
4-184
4-183
4-180~182
4-178~179
4-176~177
4-175
4-173~174
4-170~172
4-168~169
Troubleshooting
Page
J-1
Jitter
J-2
I-1
Image
I-2
I-3
I-4
I-5
I-6
I-7
B-3
B-1
Band
B-2
B-4
B-5
T-3
T-2
T-1
Toner
Spot
Line
Density
Section
D-1
D-2
D-3
Code
L-1
L-2
S-1
4-168
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : B-1 Horizontal Thick/Dark Band
4-169
Troubleshooting
Code : B-1 Horizontal Thick/Dark Band
Symptom :
-. Horizontal Thick Band(s) for a Particular Color
-. Horizontal Dark Band
Possible Cause:
1. Gear or Roller is defective.
2. The OPC defect in imaging unit has occurred because of environment change.
If the horizontal line defect occurs at regular intervals, refer to 4.4.5 Abnormal Image Printing and
defective Roller on page 4-209.
Refer to the defect period table and replace the defective part.
1) In case of this, print out 100 pages at 2~3 pages intervals.
2) If the problem is improved, use the machine as things stand.
3) If the problem persists, replace the imaging unit.
[Case 1] Gear or Roller is defective.
[Case 2] The OPC defect in imaging unit has occurred because of environment change.
4-170
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : B-2 Vertical White Band
4-171
Troubleshooting
Code : B-2 Vertical White Band
Symptom :
-. Vertical White Band
Possible Cause:
1. Exposure defect by LSU contamination
2. A contaminant sticks to Dr.Gap.
3. OPC, ITB scratch
If the sharp vertical white band has occurred, it is likely due to LSU optical path contamination.
(1) Check if there is any contaminant on exposure window of the imaging unit.
(2) Check if there is any contaminant on exposure path in set.
(3) Check if the LSU window is contaminated.
- Clean the LSU window or replace the LSU.
(4) If the problem persists, replace the imaging unit.
Y M C K
[Case 1] Exposure defect by LSU contamination
4-172
Troubleshooting
(1) Check if there is a contaminant between Mag. Roller and Doctor Blade. Remove it with OHP film.
(1) If the white band has occurred for specific color, check if the OPC surface or ITB surface is scratched.
Check it there is a contaminant
between Scattering pole and OPC.
Check it there is a contaminant between IT
surface and OPC top cover.
OPC
Scattering pole
[Case 2] A contaminant sticks to Dr.Gap.
[Case 3] OPC, ITB scratch
4-173
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : B-3 Vertical Moving White Band
4-174
Troubleshooting
Code : B-3 Vertical Moving White Band
Symptom :
-. Vertical Moving White Band
Possible Cause:
There is a contaminant between Mag. Roller and Doctor Blade.
4-175
Troubleshooting
Code : B-4 Vertical White Band for copy job
Symptom :
-. Vertical White Band for Copy Job
Possible Cause:
1. There is a contaminant on Scanner optical path.
2. Scanner is defective.
(1) If there is a contaminant on scan glass. Clean it.
(2) If the problem persists, replace the sensor or scanner unit.
4-176
Troubleshooting
Code : B-5 Vertical Thick/Dark Band 1/2
Symptom :
-. Vertical Band for a Particular Color
-, Vertical Dark Band
Possible Cause:
1. Dr.Gap defect
2. LSU window contamination
3. Charging defect by the charging roller contamination.
4. OPC, ITB Cleaning Blade defect.
(1) If it is possible to disassemble the imaging unit, check if the DMA on Mag. Roller is distributed equally.
If or not, replace the imaging unit.
[step1] Dr.Gap defect
[step2] LSU window contamination
4-177
Troubleshooting
Code : B-5 Vertical Thick/Dark Band 2/2
Check if the charging roller and cleaning roller are contaminated. If it is contaminated, replace the imaging
unit.
Check if there is a contaminant on OPC surface or ITB surface. Replace the imaging unit or ITB.
[Step 3] Charging defect by the charging roller contamination.
Y M C K
OPC
Charging Roller
Cleaning Roller
[step4] OPC, ITB Cleaning Blade defect.
4-178
Troubleshooting
Code : D-1 Low Image Density 1/2
Symptom :
-. Low Image Density for a Particular Color
-. Low Image Density for All Colors.
Possible Cause:
1. ID Calibration Setting is wrong.
2. Imaging unit is defective.
3. ID Sensor is defective.
4. HVPS is defective.
(1) Set up Color Toner Adjustment (Admin Setting -> SetUp -> Color -> Color Tone Adjustment)
Check if Color Tone Adjustment Activation is on.
If it is On, execute Setting Color Standard.
Follow the UI message.
(2) In case that the density for specific color is defective.
Set up Manual Adjust (Admin Setting -> SetpUp -> Color -> Custom Color -> Manual Adjust)
Adjust the color density.
There is the 11 step (-05 ~ +05)
When you select + step, the density is higher.
[case1] ID Calibration Setting is wrong
4-179
Troubleshooting
Code : D-1 Low Image Density 2/2
Replace the imaging unit
Replace the ID sensor.
If the problem persists after replacing the imaging unit, replace the HVPS-L and HVPS-S.
[case2] Imaging unit is defective.
[case4] HVPS is defective.
[case3] ID Sensor is defective.
4-180
Troubleshooting
Code : D-2 Vertical Irregular Image Density 1/3
Symptom :
-. Vertical Irregular Image Density for a Particular Color
-. Vertical Irregular Image Density for All Colors
Possible Cause:
1. LSU window is contaminated.
2. There is a contaminant in the Dr. Gap.
3. T1 Roller is not installed properly.
4. T2 transfer is defective.
If the sharp vertical white band has occurred, it is likely due to LSU optical path contamination.
[step1] LSU window is contaminated
Y M C K
4-181
Troubleshooting
(1) Take out the ITB and check if the left/right springs of the T1 roller is installed properly. If it is defective,
reassemble it.
(2) If the problem persists, replace the ITB.
(4) Check if there is the contaminant on contact surface between imaging unit and ITB.
(1) Check if the side cover is closed correctly.
[step2] There is a contaminant in the Dr. Gap.
[step3] T1 Roller is not installed properly.
[step4] T2 transfer is defective.
4-182
Troubleshooting
(2) Check if the T2 roller is installed properly. Re-install or replace the T2 roller.
(3) Enter the EDC mode. Execute T2 Engage/Disengage test to check if T2 Cam is operated properly.
(4) If the problem persists, replace the fuser unit.
Open the SIDE COVER. Remove the Guide.
Remove the T2 roller.
Check the T2 Roller contact point.
4-183
Troubleshooting
Code : D-3 Horizontal Image Density Difference
Symptom :
-. Image Density Difference Between Right and Left Sides for a Particular Color
-. Image Density Difference Between Right and Left Sides for all colors
Possible Cause:
1. T1 roller in ITB is not installed properly.
2. Imaging unit is defective.
3. T2 Engage defect.
(1) Take out the ITB and check if the left/right springs of the T1 roller is installed properly. If it is defective,
reassemble it.
(2) If the problem persists, replace the ITB.
If the problem persists after replacing the ITB, replace the imaging unit.
Check if the side cover is closed correctly.
[step1] T1 roller in ITB is not installed properly.
[step2] Imaging unit is defective.
[step3] T2 Engage defect
4-184
Troubleshooting
Code : I-1 Full Solid Image
Symptom :
-. Full Solid Black / Color Image
Possible Cause:
1. Imaging unit charging defect
2. LSU defect, Engine board defect, Video board defect
(1) Remove the imaging unit and re-install it.
(2) If the problem persists, check if the connector on HVPS-L is connected properly. Reconnect it.
(4) If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-L.
(1) Replace the engine board.
(2) If the problem persists, replace the video board.
(3) If the problem persists, replace the LSU.
[case1] Imaging unit charging defect
[case2] LSU defect, Engine board defect, Video board defect
HVPS2
(Engine board)
MHV_C/K
HVPS1
(Engine board)
Not used
T2 HV
FAN_LSU
T1_Y/M/C/K
MHV_Y/M
WASTE_FULL
_SENSOR
<HVPS-L PBA>
4-185
Troubleshooting
Code : I-2 Foggy Background
Symptom :
-. Foggy Backgrounds for a Particular Color
Possible Cause:
1. Imaging unit charging defect / HVPS charging, HV output defect.
2. Environment recognition sensor defect.
(1) Replace the imaging unit.
(2) If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-L.
(3) If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-S.
(1) Check if there are heat, cold wind by heater or air-conditioner. These things make the
environment recognition sensor get wrong information. In this case, move the machine in
proper place.
(2) Replace the environment recognition sensor.
[case1] Imaging unit charging defect / HVPS charging, HV output defect.
[case2] Environment recognition sensor defect.
<Environment recognition sensor >
4-186
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : I-3 Auger Marks
Replace the imaging unit
4-187
Troubleshooting
Code : I-4 Carriers on Image
Symptom :
Carriers On Printed Image
Possible Cause:
High voltage of the imaging unit is abnormal.
1. Check if the HVSPS high voltage output and contact point is normal.
2. If it is defective, replace the imaging unit.
HVPS2
(to engine board)
MHV_C/K
HVPS1
(to engine board)
Not used
T2 High voltage
FAN_LSU
T1_Y/M/C/K
MHV_Y/M
WASTE_FUL
L_SENSOR
<HVPS-L PBA>
SAW_PLATE
SIGNAL_HVPS_S
(to engine board)
DEVE_Y/M/C/K
FUSER_BIAS
<HVPS-S PBA>
4-188
Troubleshooting
Code : I-5 No Image Output
Symptom :
No Image Output at Printing
Possible Cause:
Developing High voltage is abnormal.
LSU defect
Engine board, Video board
1. Check if the HVSPS high voltage output and contact point is normal.
2. If it is defective, replace the HVPS. If or not, replace the imaging unit.
* If there is no problem on developing section.
3. Replace the engine board.
4. If the problem persists, replace the video board.
5. If the problem persists, replace the LSU.
4-189
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : I-6 Dragged Image 1/3
4-190
Troubleshooting
Symptom :
-. Dragged Image
Possible Cause:
1. OPC driving defect
2. ITB contamination.
(1) Check if the OPC coupling is OK. Rotate it 2~3 times.
(2) Check if the coupling in set is OK.
(3) Check if the Color OPC Motor, Black motor is operated properly.
Counterclockwise
OPC Coupling
Mag.Roller Coupling
Bk OPC & Bk Deve Motor
Color Deve Motor
Color OPC Motor
4-191
Troubleshooting
(4) If the white band has occurred for specific color, check if the OPC surface or ITB surface is scratched.
OPC
Scattering pole
Check it there is a contaminant
between Scattering pole and OPC.
Check it there is a contaminant between IT
surface and OPC top cover.
4-192
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : I-7 Inaccurate Color Registration 1/2
< Good Image >
< Bad Image >
4-193
Troubleshooting
Code : I-7 Inaccurate Color Registration 2/2
Symptom :
There is a white gap between the background and text on printed page.
The printed text or picture is not aligned.
Possible Cause:
1. ACR (Auto Color Registration) function Off or Fail
- ACR (Auto Color Registration) function Off : ACR function is off status. (1)
- ACR fail : ACR function is executed automatically but failed.
Execute the ACR function manually. (2)
- ACR Sensor Calibration defect
ACR Sensor Calibration was not executed. (3)
ACR Sensor Calibration fails continually. (4)
(1) Enter the admin mode and enable the ACR function.
( Machine Setup > Setup > Color > Auto Color Registration > ON )
You can change the ACR execution condition.
- Page Condition
- Inner Temperature Condition
- LSU Temperature Condition
(2) Execute the ACR function manually.
( Machine Setup > Setup > Color > Auto Color Registration > Execute Now )
(3) Execute the ACR Sensor Calibration.
( Tech Mode > Test Routines > Other > ACR Sensor Calibration > Yes )
(4) If the ACR Sensor Calibration fails continually, check the following.
A. Check the ACR Harness is defective. Replace it.
B. If the problem persists, replace the ACR Sensor
C. If the problem persists, replace the Engine Control Board.
4-194
Troubleshooting
Symptom :
-. Horizontal Micro Jitter (sub-1mm Pitch) for a Particular Color
Sample Image :
Code : J-1 Micro Jitter
(1) Check if there are heat, cold wind by heater or air-conditioner. These things make the
proper place.
(2) Replace the environment recognition sensor.
(3) If the problem persists, replace the imaging
unit.
Environment recognition
sensor.
4-195
Troubleshooting
Code : J-2 Periodic Jitter
Symptom :
-. Horizontal Periodic Jitter (2~4mm pitch) for YMC Color
Possible Cause:
1. MagRoll Auger Gear Jitter (2mm)
2. Waste toner Auger Jitter (4mm)
3. Drive unit in set is defective.
Check the Mag roller auger gear is defective. If it is defective, replace the imaging unit.
Check the waste toner auger gear is defective. If it is defective, replace the imaging unit.
If the auger is OK, check the driving unit in set.
If necessary, replace the drive unit.
[case1] MagRoll Auger Gear Jitter (2mm)
[case2] Waste toner Auger Jitter (4mm)
[case3] Set driving unit defect
Waste toner Auger Gear
Mag.Roller Auger Gear
4-196
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : L-1 Horizontal Line 1/3
4-197
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
4-198
Troubleshooting
Symptom :
-. Horizontal White Line(s)
-. Horizontal Sharp Line(s) for a Particular Color
-. Horizontal Sharp Line(s) for Multiple Colors of 78mm Gap
Possible Cause:
1. Gear defect , OPC defect
2. High voltage section defect
If the horizontal line defect occurs at regular intervals, refer to 4.4.5 Abnormal Image Printing and
1) If the horizontal line occurs randomly, take out the imaging unit and re-install it again.
2) If the problem persists, check the high voltage contact point.
.
[step1] Gear defect , OPC defect
[step2] High voltage section defect
4-199
Troubleshooting
Code : L-2 Vertical Random Streak 1/3
Symptom :
-. Vertical Random Streak
Possible Cause:
1. OPC surface scratch.
2. ITB scratch.
1. Check if the OPC surface is scratched or has a contaminant.
If the OPC surface is defective, replace the imaging unit.
2. Check if the ITB surface is scratched or has a contaminant. If it is defective, replace the ITB.
4-200
Troubleshooting
3. Check if the T2 roller is installed properly. Re-install or replace the T2 roller.
4. Enter the EDC mode. Execute T2 Engage/Disengage test to check if T2 Cam is operated properly.
5. If the problem persists, replace the fuser unit.
Open the SIDE COVER. Remove the Guide.
Remove the T2 roller.
Check the T2 Roller contact point.
4-201
Troubleshooting
6. Check if the HV contact point on imaging unit is contaminated.
7. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-L, HVPS-S
8. If the problem persists, replace the harness between HVPS and imaging unit.
And measure the resistance between ground shield and High voltage output connector.
9. If the problem persists, replace the engine board video board LSU in order.
< HVPS-L PBA> < HVPS-S PBA >
4-202
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : S-1 Spots 1/2
4-203
Troubleshooting
Code : S-1 Spots 2/2
Symptom :
-. Periodic White/Black/Color Spots
-, White Spot on Solid Image
-. Dot Size Blac/Color Spots
Possible Cause:
1. OPC, charging roller, transfer roller defect.
2. Resistance change of the roller, Paper change by environment.
1. If the horizontal line defect occurs at regular intervals, refer to 4.4.5 Abnormal Image Printing and
2. Check if the paper in tray is changed. Load new papers in tray.
3. If the problem persists, replace the transfer roller.
4. Check if there are heat, cold wind by heater or air-conditioner. These things make the
proper place.
5. Replace the environment recognition sensor.
Environment recognition
sensor.
4-204
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : T-1 Toner Contamination 1/2
4-205
Troubleshooting
Code : T-1 Toner Contamination 2/2
Symptom :
-. Toner Contamination on Printed Image
-. Toner Contamination on the Lead Edge of the paper
-, Toner Contamination on the back of the paper
Possible Cause:
1. Background by charging defect.
2. Paper Path contamination.
3. Imaging unit contamination.
1. If the printed page is contaminated as a whole, replace the imaging unit.
If the problem persists after replacing the imaging unit, replace the HVPS-L, HVPS-S in order.
2. If the printed page is contaminated partially, remove the waste toner scatter in the imaging unit.
If the contamination is excessive, replace the imaging unit.
3. If the lead edge of the printed page is contaminated, clean the paper path guide or replace the T2 unit.
4. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-L.
Remove 2 screws. Remove the cover and remove the toner contamination.
4-206
Troubleshooting
Sample Image :
Code : T-2 Offset Image 1/2
4-207
Troubleshooting
Code : T-2 Offset Image 2/2
Symptom :
-. Offset Image (After-image on OPC)
Possible Cause:
1. Environment recognition sensor defect.
2. High voltage output error by HVPS defect.
1) Check if there are heat, cold wind by heater or air-conditioner. These things make the
proper place.
2) Replace the environment recognition sensor.
3) If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-L.
4) If the problem persists, replace the HVPS-S.
4-208
Troubleshooting
Code : T-3 Insufficient Toner Fixing
Symptom :
-. Insufficient Toner Fixing on Printed Image
Possible Cause:
1. Fuser unit defect
2. Fuser temperature detection error.
1. Replace the fuser unit.
2. If the problem persists, replace the engine board.
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-209
Samsung Electronics
4.4.5 Abnormal Image Printing and Defective Roller
If a mark or other printing defect occurs at regular intervals down the page, it may be caused by a damaged
or contaminated roller. Make sure the repetition interval by consulting the table below.
If the roller is dirty, try to clean it. If the problem is still occurred after cleaning the roller, replace the part
including the defective roller.
NO Roller
Period
(mm)
Phenomenon Replace part
1 Pressure Roller 94.2 Offset, Spot, Line Burst Fuser Unit
2 T2 Roller 88.0
White and Black Spot, Periodic Banding,
Rear Side Paper Dirty
Transfer Roller
3 Registration Roller 59.7 Roll Mark -
4 Pick-up Roller 72.3 Roll Mark -
5 Drive Roller 77.8 Periodic Banding, Color Registration
Cartridge
Transfer Unit
6 T1 Roller 44.0 White and Black Spot, Periodic Banding
Cartridge
Transfer Unit
7 Exit Roller 47.1 Roll Mark, Vertical Scratch -
8 OPC Drum 94.3
White and Black Spot, Periodic Banding,
Ghost, Color Registration
Imaging Unit
9 Charger Roller 44.0 White and Black Spot, Periodic Banding Imaging Unit
10 Magnetic Roller (YMC) 35.3 Periodic Banding Imaging Unit
11 Fuser Belt 127.04 Waving, Offset, Spot, Line Burst Fuser Unit
12 Cartridge Transfer Unit 785.4 White and Black Spot, Periodic Banding
Cartridge
Transfer Unit
13 Magnetic Roller(BK) 28.27 Banding Imaging Unit
14 Charger cleaning roll 50.05 Banding Imaging Unit
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-210
Samsung Electronics
Repetitive defect Image check page
Print this page. Align the this page and the printed defect image and fnd the defective roller.
1. Pressure roller
2. T2 roller
3. Registration Roller
4. Pick up roller
5. Drive roller
6. T1 roller
7. Exit roller
8. OPC Drum
Start line
9. Charge roller
13 Magnetic Roller(BK)
10. Magnetic roller
(CMYK)
11. Fuser belt
12. Cartridge
Transfer Unit
14 Charger cleaning roll
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-211
Samsung Electronics
No Description No Description
1 Pressure Roller 8 OPC Drum
2 T2 Roller 9 Charger Roller
3 Registration Roller 10 Magnetic Roller (YMC)
4 Pick up Roller 11 Fuser Belt
5 Drive Roller 12 Cartridge Transfer Unit
6 T1 Roller 13 Magnetic Roller (K)
7 Exit Roller 14 Charger Cleaning Roller
1
4
3
2
5
6
7
9
11
8
12
10 13
14
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-212
Samsung Electronics
Symptom : No booting / No power
Engine is not warming up and LCD does not display anything on.
Possible Cause :
1. Power Out
2. Fail to Initialize Video PBA
[1. Power Out]
1.1) Check the power cord and power inlet.
1.2) Check whether the LED on video PBA is fickered on.
If the LED is off, go to next step.
1.3) Check and confrm 5V/ 24V output from SMPS.
5V : 1,3,5 Pin
24V : 1,3,5,7 Pin
If there is a defect, replace the SMPS board.
5V
24V
5V
24V
1.4) Check power wire connections from SMPS to Engine PBA.
1.5) Check core voltages in Video/Engine PBA. Replace the Engine PBA.
[2. Fail to Initialize Video PBA]
2.1) Check the connections of DIMM Memory, HDD, and GUI interface harness.
2.2) Reboot the set.
2.3) If the set is not initialized, replace the Video PBA.
4.4.6 Other errors
Troubleshooting
Service Manual
4-213
Samsung Electronics
Symptom : 1. Continuous Logo Display at Initial State
2. No display on LCD
Possible Cause :
Fail to Initialize Communication Port between Video PBA & OPE PBA
1) Check +5V on OPE PBA. ( 7,8,9 Pin of Main IF (power) / Refer to Page 2-29)
Check the fexible pcb harness connecting between OPE PBA and LCD panel.
If there is a defect, replace the OPE PBA or LCD panel.
2) Check the connection between Video PBA (UI_IF on Page 2-23) and OPE PBA.
3) Reboot the set.
4) Send any printing command.
5) If the printing job works, replace OPE PBA.
6) If the printing job does not work, replace Video PBA.
4-214
Troubleshooting
4.4.7 DADF Skew
Step 1. Opening DADF Cover
Open the DADF Cover, and find a press bracket at the bottom.
Step 2. Removing DADF Cover
Push the cover as arrow
indicated, and remove it
Hinge
1. To access the Bracket easily, disassemble the cover.
2. The cover is hinged at both ends, push the cover toward an one end and disassemble it from the DADF
body.
4-215
Troubleshooting
Step 3. Checking default status
Scale
Slit Hole Center Hole
A screw fasten to the center hole.
The original position of the bracket is fixed at the center hole (In the production line, a screw is fasten at
the center hole). If excessive skew does show on the image, it is possible to improve the skew quality by
repositioning the bracket.
NOTE
The default position of the bracket ensures the image skew well within the designed spec. If the copied
output is satisfactory, it is recommended to keep the default position and do not adjust the skew further.
4-216
Troubleshooting
Step 4. Adjusting Skew
Expected
Image
Media
C
opied

im
age
From the output, skew needs to be adjusted and image is as shown below,
Using the scale on the bracket, change
the bracket position gradually, and
check the results.
1. Remove the screw from the center hole.
2. Push the bracket in the arrow direction to change the
bracket position. Pushing the idle roller connected to
the bracket may be easier to adjust the location of the
bracket.
3. Fix the bracket at the new position by screw
fastening at the slit hole.
Slit Hole
Screw in the
left side of the
slit hole
4-217
Troubleshooting
Expected
Image
Media
C
o
p
ie
d

im
ag
e
From the output, skew needs to be adjusted and image is as shown below,
Using the scale on the bracket, change
the bracket position gradually, and
check the results.
1. Remove the screw from the center hole
2. Push the bracket in the arrow direction to change the
bracket position . Pushing the idle roller connected to the
bracket may be easier to adjust the location of the bracket.
3. Fix the bracket at the new position by screw fastening
at the slit hole.
Screw in the
right side of
the slit hole
System diagram
Service Manual
5-1
Samsung Electronics
5. System diagram
5.1 Block diagram
5.1.1 Video controller
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
P
G
P
V
4
J
C
1
3
-
P
R
1
1
0
9
D
D
R
2

S
O
D
I
M
M

x

2
1
G
B
+
1
G
B
(
o
p
t
.
)
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
8
0
A
D
D
R
_
A
D
[
0
:
1
3
]
D
D
R
_
D
Q
[
0
:
3
1
]
D
D
R
_
n
C
S
[
0
:
3
]
A
D
D
R
[
0
:
2
3
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
3
1
]
LOCAL BUS
U
S
B
2
.
0

D
r
i
v
e
r
I
S
P
1
7
6
1
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
0
9
3
A
D
D
R
[
1
:
1
7
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
3
1
]
L
O
C
A
L
D
D
R
2
C
J
T
A
G
U
S
B
D
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
R
e
s
e
r
v
e
d
E
N
G
I
N
E

B
O
A
R
D
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
5
A
L
S
Y
N
C
[
C
M
Y
K
]

J
4
E
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
2
7
A
L
P
E
C
3
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
3
5
A
L
S
U
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
E
N
G
I
N
E
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
P
E
C
3

/

L
S
U
V
I
D
E
O
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
M
A
C
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
G
I
G
A

N
W
I
2
C
:
2
C
H
R
G
M
I
I
I
2
C
:
C
H
1
T
R
A
N
S
.
8
8
E
1
1
8
1
2
0
5
-
0
0
3
2
9
8
P
L
L
R
T
C
P
C
I
C
L
K
P
C
I
e
x
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
U
A
R
T
:
C
H
0
D
E
B
U
G
P
C
I

E
x
U
A
R
T
0
:

D
E
B
U
G

1
:

N
C

2
:

N
C

3
:

M
O
D
E
M
4
:

N
C

5
:

N
C

6
:

D
A
D
F

7
:

N
C

U
A
R
T
:
C
H
3
I
2
C
:
C
H
0
H
D
D
:
1
6
0
G
B
J
C
5
9
-
0
0
0
3
0
A
L
P
E
C
1
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
2
0
A
A
D
D
R
[
1
:
8
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
7
]
A
D
D
R
[
0
:
2
3
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
1
5
]
F
L
A
S
H

R
O
M

:

3
2
M
B
S
2
9
G
L
2
5
6
P
9
0
T
F
I
R
1
1
1
0
7
-
0
0
1
5
8
9
G
P
I
O
P
S
Y
N
C
[
C
M
Y
K
]

V
D
O
[
C
M
Y
K
,
1
/
2
]

V
C
L
K
[
C
M
Y
K
]

n
P
R
I
N
T
n
R
E
A
D
Y
B
A
S
E
:
[
0
0
0
]

/

E
X
T
.
:
[
0
0
1
]
[1
1
1
]
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
2
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
3
S
A
T
A

I
F
F
A
X
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
9
8
1
A
I
M
A
G
E

P
R
O
C
E
S
S
O
R
C
I
P
6
_
I
D
S
E
L
(
1
9
)
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
4
4
A
A
F
E

I
/
F
M
O
T
O
R
P
C
I
C
D
D
R
2
C
D
D
R
2
:
2
5
6
M
B
K
4
T
1
G
1
6
4
Q
D

x

2

1
1
0
5
-
0
0
1
7
1
8
S
A
[
0
:
1
3
]
D
Q
[
0
:
3
1
]
M
O
T
.
D
A
3
9
7
7
S
L
P
1
0
0
3
-
0
0
1
5
3
5
A
F
E
[
4
:
1
5
]
M
O
T
O
R
M
O
T
O
R
D
E
S
E
R
.
D
S
9
0
C
R
2
1
8
A
1
0
0
6
-
0
0
1
3
7
5
S
C
A
N

A
S
S
Y
D
A
D
F
J
C
9
6
-
0
3
5
5
3
A
S
C
A
N
I
F
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
8
4
A
M
O
T
O
R

D
.
A
3
9
7
7
1
1
0
3
-
0
0
1
5
3
5
C
P
U
S
3
F
4
4
3
F
X
0
9
0
3
-
0
0
1
4
1
1
D
.
M
O
T
O
R
U
A
R
T
R
G
B
S
.
M
O
T
O
R
C
C
D
M
J
C
9
6
-
0
4
3
3
8
A
A
F
E
L
M
9
8
7
1
4
C
C
D
T
C
D
2
9
1
4
U
A
R
T
:
C
H
6
M
S
O
K
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
0
2
A
F
D
I
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
6
1
6
A
R
O
S
E
-
R
_
V
I
D
E
O
_
V
0
.
2
J
C
4
1
-
0
0
5
8
4
A
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
2
A
N
W
R
O
S
E

H
W

T
E
A
M
O
P
_
M
A
I
N
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
8
6
6
A
U
S
B

H
O
S
T
U
S
B
2
.
0
H
U
B
U
S
B
2
5
1
4
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
3
2
9
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
2
S
A
T
A
P
A
D
[
0
:
3
1
]
P
C
I
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
P
C
I

B
R
I
D
G
E
P
I
7
C
9
X
1
1
1
S
L
B
F
D
E
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
4
5
1
R
T
C
M
4
1
T
0
0
M
6
T
R
1
2
0
6
-
0
0
1
0
2
6
[1
1
0
1
0
0
0
]
U
S
B
U
S
B
D
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
U
S
B

P
R
I
N
T
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
B
A
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
5
A
U
S
B
2
.
0
H
U
B
U
S
B
2
5
1
4
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
3
2
9
U
S
B
D
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
P
G
P
V
4
J
C
1
3
-
P
R
1
1
0
9
D
D
R
_
A
D
[
0
:
1
3
]
D
D
R
_
D
Q
[
0
:
3
1
]
D
D
R
_
n
C
S
[
0
:
3
]
A
D
D
R
[
0
:
2
3
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
3
1
]
LOCAL BUS
U
S
B
2
.
0

D
r
i
v
e
r
I
S
P
1
7
6
1
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
0
9
3
A
D
D
R
[
1
:
1
7
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
3
1
]
L
O
C
A
L
D
D
R
2
C
J
T
A
G
U
S
B
D
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
R
e
s
e
r
v
e
d
-
0
2
1
9
5
A
L
S
Y
N
C
[
C
M
Y
K
]

J
4
E
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
2
7
A
L
P
E
C
3
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
3
5
A
L
S
U
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
E
N
G
I
N
E
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
V
I
D
E
O
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
M
A
C
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
I
2
C
:
2
C
H
R
G
M
I
I
I
2
C
:
C
H
1
P
L
L
R
T
C
P
C
I
C
L
K
P
C
I
e
x
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
U
A
R
T
:
C
H
0
P
C
I

E
x
U
A
R
T
0
:

D
E
B
U
G

1
:

N
C

2
:

N
C

3
:

M
O
D
E
M
4
:

N
C

5
:

N
C

6
:

D
A
D
F

7
:

N
C

U
A
R
T
:
C
H
3
I
2
C
:
C
H
0
L
P
E
C
1
J
C
1
3
-
0
0
0
2
0
A
A
D
D
R
[
1
:
8
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
7
]
A
D
D
R
[
0
:
2
3
]
D
A
T
A
[
0
:
1
5
]
F
L
A
S
H

R
O
M

:

3
2
M
B
S
2
9
G
L
2
5
6
P
9
0
T
F
I
R
1
1
1
0
7
-
0
0
1
5
8
9
G
P
I
O
P
S
Y
N
C
[
C
M
Y
K
]

V
D
O
[
C
M
Y
K
,
1
/
2
]

V
C
L
K
[
C
M
Y
K
]

n
P
R
I
N
T
n
R
E
A
D
Y
[1
1
1
]
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
2
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
3
S
A
T
A

I
F
A
F
E

I
/
F
M
O
T
O
R
P
C
I
C
D
D
R
2
C
S
A
[
0
:
1
3
]
D
Q
[
0
:
3
1
]
A
F
E
[
4
:
1
5
]
M
O
T
O
R
M
O
T
O
R
Y
M
O
T
O
R

D
.
A
3
9
7
7
1
1
0
3
-
0
0
1
5
3
5
C
P
U
S
3
F
4
4
3
F
X
0
9
0
3
-
0
0
1
4
1
1
D
.
M
O
T
O
R
U
A
R
T
R
G
B
S
.
M
O
T
O
R
A
F
E
L
M
9
8
7
1
4
C
C
D
T
C
D
2
9
1
4
U
A
R
T
:
C
H
6
F
D
I
J
C
9
2
-
0
1
6
1
6
A
R
O
S
E
-
R
_
V
I
D
E
O
_
V
0
.
2
J
C
4
1
-
0
0
5
8
4
A
J
C
9
2
-
0
2
1
9
2
A
N
W
R
O
S
E

H
W

T
E
A
M
U
S
B

H
O
S
T
U
S
B
2
.
0
H
U
B
U
S
B
2
5
1
4
0
9
0
4
-
0
0
2
3
2
9
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
U
S
B
H
2
.
0
:
C
H
2
S
A
T
A
P
A
D
[
0
:
3
1
]
P
C
I
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
[1
1
0
1
0
0
0
]
U
S
B
U
S
B
D
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
U
S
B
D
2
.
0
:
C
H
1
System diagram
Service Manual
5-2
Samsung Electronics
5.1.2 Engine controller
System diagram
Service Manual
5-3
Samsung Electronics
5.1.3 OPE unit
System diagram
Service Manual
5-4
Samsung Electronics
5.1.4 DADF
System diagram
Service Manual
5-5
Samsung Electronics
5.1.5 SCF/HCF
System diagram
Service Manual
5-6
Samsung Electronics
5.2 Connection diagram
5.2.1 Video controller
HDD
CCDM MODULE
( XE LAMP )
FAX opt
GRAPHIC UI PANEL
(see UI part for more information)
C
N
1
7
M
A
IN
_
IF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
5
5
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
2
6
3
6
4
6
5
6
6
6
7
6
8
6
9
7
0
7
1
7
2
7
3
7
4
7
5
7
6
7
7
7
8
7
9
8
0
S
P
K
_
P
S
P
K
_
M
S
O
F
T
_
B
U
T
T
O
N
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
1
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
2
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
3
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
4
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
1
_
2
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
2
_
2
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
3
_
2
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
4
_
2
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
1
_
1
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
2
_
1
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
3
_
1
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
4
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
1
_
1
B
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
2
_
1
B
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
3
_
1
B
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
4
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
1
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
2
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
3
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
4
G
N
D
n
P
R
IN
T
n
E
N
D
P
A
G
E
n
R
S
T
_
S
Y
S
T
E
M
G
N
D
V
B
U
S
_
E
N
G
D
N
_
E
N
G
D
P
_
E
N
G
G
N
D
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
G
N
D
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
G
N
D
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
G
N
D
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
G
N
D
5
V
3
5
V
3
n
R
E
A
D
Y
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
A
C
R
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
E
R
R
O
R
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
IN
T
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
E
X
IT
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
P
R
IN
T
_
A
C
K
G
N
D
2
4
V
4
2
4
V
4
G
N
D
2
4
V
4
2
4
V
4
CN3
DEBUG
1
2
3
4
3.3V
DEBUG_TXD
DEBUG_RXD
GND
CN7
SATA IF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GND
SATA_TX_P
SATA_TX_M
GND
SATA_RX_M
SATA_RX_P
GND
CN8
SATA POWER
1
2
5V2
GND
CN6
NETWORK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
GND
1.8_DDR
NDIP_3
NDIN_3
NDIP_2
NDIN_2
NDIP_1
NDIN_1
NDIP_0
NDIN_0
2.5V
LED_2
2.5V
LED_NPC
DGND
DGND
CN15
USB DEVICE
1
2
3
4
5
6
VBUS_DEVICE_MPP
DM_DEVICE_1761
DP_DEVICE_1761
DGND
FGND
FGND
CN14
USB DIRECT
1
2
3
4
5
6
nOC_HOST
DM_HOST
DP_HOST
DGND
FGND
FGND
CN13
USB OPE
1
2
3
DN_PANEL
DP_PANEL
GND
CN12
OPE MAIN IF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24V_OPE
5V2
5V2
5V2
nRST_PANEL
SOFT_BUTTON
GND
GND
GND
GND
C
N
1
6
S
C
A
N
IF
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
G
N
D
A
D
C
_
C
L
K
_
P
A
D
C
_
C
L
K
_
M
G
N
D
A
F
E
_
S
L
O
A
D
A
F
E
_
S
C
L
K
A
F
E
_
S
D
A
T
A
G
N
D
2
4
V
G
N
D
S
C
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
2
G
N
D
P
Itg
_
C
IP
5
G
N
D
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(7
)
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(6
)
G
N
D
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(5
)
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(4
)
G
N
D
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(3
)
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(2
)
G
N
D
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(1
)
C
C
D
_
A
D
C
(0
)
G
N
D
5
V
2
G
N
D
5
V
2
G
N
D
C
C
D
_
W
L
E
D
_
O
N
G
N
D
3
.3
V
G
N
D
3
.3
V
G
N
D
3
.3
V
G
N
D
5
V
2
G
N
D
CN19
FDI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
GND
GND
3.3V
5V2
DETECT_FDI
nNOT_READY_FDI
nCOPY_EXIT_FDI
nCOPY_CNT_FDI
nPZOOM_FDI
nPTRAY_FDI
nEN_FDI
C
N
1
8
S
C
A
N
IF
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
S
M
_
S
C
A
N
_
A
S
M
_
S
C
A
N
_
N
B
2
4
V
G
N
D
3
.3
V
5
V
2
n
R
S
T
_
D
A
D
F
D
A
D
F
_
R
X
D
n
S
T
O
P
_
D
A
D
F
n
F
L
A
T
_
C
O
V
E
R
_
O
P
E
N
n
S
C
A
N
N
E
R
_
H
O
M
E
P
W
M
_
C
C
D
_
L
A
M
P
n
S
E
N
S
_
F
A
N
_
C
C
D
A
P
S
_
L
T
G
N
D
G
N
D
A
P
S
_
L
G
P
W
M
_
F
A
N
_
C
C
D
(
N
C
)
V
C
C
_
C
C
D
_
H
O
M
E
V
C
C
_
C
O
V
E
R
_
O
P
E
N
G
N
D
D
A
D
F
_
P
_
P
O
S
D
A
D
F
_
T
X
D
5
V
2
G
N
D
G
N
D
2
4
V
S
M
_
S
C
A
N
_
B
S
M
_
S
C
A
N
_
N
A
CN10
MODEM IF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
5V2
CML_MODEM
GND
(NC)
GND
(NC)
nRST_MODEM
GND
GND
GND
MODEM_TXD
GND
MODEM_RXD
GND
GND
GND
nCTS_MODEM
(NC)
3.3V
3.3V
GND
GND
SPK_OUT
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
(NC)
GND
GND
GND
nRI_MODEM
GND
GND
nDCD_MODEM
CN4
JTAG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3.3V
TDO
nTRST
TCLK
TMS_ARM
TDI
nRESET
DGND
C
L
X
8
5
4
0
N
D
P
B
A
_
V
I
D
E
O
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P
B
A
-
O
P
E

M
A
I
N
CN1
4
3
2
1
CN2
P
B
A
-
F
A
X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3
0
2
9
2
8
2
7
2
6
2
5
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
C
N
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
PBA-SCAN IF
CN3
PAPER SENSOR (APS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
5V
APS_LG
GND
5V
APS_LT
CN2
XE LAMP ON
1
2
3
GND
nON_XE_LAMP
24V
CN1
SCAN MOTOR
1
2
3
4
SCAN_MTR_B
SCAN_MTR_NB
SCAN_MTR_NA
SCAN_MTR_A
CN4
SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
VCC_COVER_OPEN
GND
nFALT_COVER_OPEN
VCC_CCD_HOME
GND
nSCANNER_HOME
CN6
DADF IF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
24V
24V
GND
GND
3.3V
GND
5V
GND
nRST_DADF
TXD_DADF
RXD_DADF
DADF_P_POS
nSTOP_DADF
GND
GND
GND
CN5
FAN CCD
1
2
3
24V
nSENS_FAN_CCD
PWM_FAN_CCD
4
3
2
1
STEP MOTOR
3
2
1
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
3
2
1
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
3
2
1
PBA-INVERTER
H
I
G
H
V
O
L
T
A
G
E
1 2
1 2
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
DADF
(see DADF part for more information)
P
B
A
-
D
A
D
F
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
FAN
C
L
X
-
8
5
4
0
N
D
V
I
D
E
O

P
B
A
CN19
CIP6_DEBUG
1
2
3
4
3.3V
CIP6_DEBUG_TXD
CIP6_DEBUG_RXD
GND
CN11
MASTER SOK
1
2
3
4
5
6
3.3V
GND
SCL_MSOK
SDA_MSOK
nMSOK_DETECT
GND
System diagram
Service Manual
5-7
Samsung Electronics
CN15
ACR
(ROSE , ROSE_R
)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
INNER_TEMP
GND
ACR_F_S
ACR_F_P
PWM_ACR_F_LED
GND
5V3_ACR
ACR_R_S
ACR_R_P
PWM_ACR_R_LED
GND
5V3_ACR
ADC_CTDS_OM
ADC_CTDP_OM
PWM_CTD_LED
GND
5V3_ACR
L
S
U
CN22
LSU 3&4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
LSU_LD_3_POWER
nLDON_LSU_3
GND
nHSYNC_3_P
nHSYNC_3_N
GND
5V_LSU
nSH_LSU_3_2B
GND
VDO_3_2B_N
VDO_3_2B_P
GND
VDO_3_1B_N
VDO_3_1B_P
GND
nSH_LSU_3_1B
(NC)
LSU_LD_4_POWER
nLDON_LSU_4
GND
nHSYNC_4_P
nHSYNC_4_N
GND
5V_LSU
nSH_LSU_4_1B
GND
VDO_4_1B_N
VDO_4_1B_P
GND
VDO_4_2B_N
VDO_4_2B_P
GND
nSH_LSU_4_2B
(NC)
CN34
LSU 1&2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
LSU_LD_1_POWER
nLDON_LSU_1
GND
nHSYNC_1_P
nHSYNC_1_N
GND
5V_LSU
nSH_LSU_1_2B
GND
VDO_1_2B_N
VDO_1_2B_P
GND
VDO_1_1B_N
VDO_1_1B_P
GND
nSH_LSU_1_1B
LSU_LD_2_POWER
nLDON_LSU_2
GND
nHSYNC_2_P
nHSYNC_2_N
GND
5V_LSU
nSH_LSU_2_1B
GND
VDO_2_1B_N
VDO_2_1B_P
GND
VDO_2_2B_N
VDO_2_2B_P
GND
nSH_LSU_2_2B
CN41
ACR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
INNER_TEMP
GND
ACR_F_S
ACR_F_P
PWM_ACR_F_LED
GND
5V3_ACR
ACR_R_S
ACR_R_P
PWM_ACR_R_LED
GND
5V3_ACR
5V3_CTD
GND
ADC_CTDP_SH
ADC_CTDS_SH
CTD_LED_CUR
SEL_CTD
GND
(NC)
CN21
LSU P-MOTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24V4
GND
nSTART_LSU_MOT_1
nREADY_LSU_1_2
CLK_LSU_MOT_1
24V4
GND
nSTART_LSU_MOT_4
nREADY_LSU_3_4
CLK_LSU_MOT_4
CN100
LSU TEMP
1
2
LSU_TEMP
GND
CN39
WASTE MOT & LSU CLN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DMOT_LSU_CLN_OUTA
DMOT_LSU_CLN_OUTB
3.3V
GND
nSENS_LSU_CLEAN
24VS1
ON_DMOT_WASTE
3.3V
GND
nSENS_WASTE_MOT
CN18
COVER OPEN LOWER
1
2
3
4
5
24V1
24V1
(NC)
24VS1
24VS1
CN7
COVER OPEN UPPER
1
2
3
5V3
(NC)
5VS3
CN23
SMPS1(24V)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24V1
GND
24V2
GND
24V3
GND
24V4
GND
CN20
SMPS2(5V)
1
2
3
4
5
6
5V1_SMPS
GND
5V2_SMPS
GND
5V3_SMPS
GND
CN17
SMPS3(signal)
1
2
3
4
5
6
5V3_SMPS(feedback)
EN_24V
24V4(feedback)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN3
THERMISTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3.3V
GND
nDETECT_COVER_EXIT
FUSER_THERM1
GND
FUSER_THERM2
GND
FUSER_FUSE1
FUSER_FUSE2
GND
CN26
BLDC BK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3.3V
GND
nSENS_OPCHOME_4
BLDC_BK_DIR
CLK_BLDC_BK
nBLDC_BK_READY
nBLDC_BK_EN
5V3
BLDC_BK_BRAKE
GND
GND
24VS2
24VS2
CN16
T2 & BLDC ITB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DMOT_T2_OUTB
DMOT_T2_OUTA
3.3V
GND
nSENS_T2_ENGAGE
BLDC_ITB_DIR
CLK_BLDC_ITB
nBLDC_ITB_READY
nBLDC_ITB_EN
5V3
BLDC_ITB_BRAKE
GND
GND
24VS2
24VS2
CN28
BLDC DEVE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
3.3V
GND
nSENS_OPCHOME_123
BLDC_DEV_DIR
CLK_BLDC_DEV
nBLDC_DEV_READY
nBLDC_DEV_EN
5V3
GND
GND
GND
24VS1
24VS1
(NC)
CN8
BASE & DUPLEX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3.3V
GND
nSENS_PAPER_UPLIMIT
3.3V
GND
nSENS_P_EMPTY
ON_DMOT_ELEV
24V3
3.3V
GND
nDETECT_CST
GND
nPAPERSIZE2
nPAPERSIZE1
nPAPERSIZE0
3.3V
GND
nSENS_PAPER_NEAREND
24VS1
DUPLEX_CLUTCH
PWM_DUPLEX1_FAN
SENS_FAN_DUPLEX1
GND
PWM_DUPLEX1_FAN
SENS_FAN_DUPLEX1
GND
3.3V
GND
nSENS_DUPLEX
(NC)
CN102
TB CRUM IF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ON_DMOT_TNR_1
EN_DMOT_TNR_1
ON_DMOT_TNR_2
EN_DMOT_TNR_2
ON_DMOT_TNR_3
EN_DMOT_TNR_3
ON_DMOT_TNR_4
EN_DMOT_TNR_4
GND
SCL0_LPEC3
SDA0_LPEC3
3.3V
CN101
ITB CRUM IF
1
2
3
4
GND
SCL2_LPEC3
SDA2_LPEC3
3.3V
CN29
CLUTCHS
1
2
3
4
5
6
24V4
PICKUP_CLUTCH
24V4
FEED_CLUTCH
24V4
REGI_CLUTCH
CN30
DUPLEX & TOP SENS
1
2
3
4
5
6
3.3V
GND
nSENS_DUPLEX_READY
GND
nSENS_TOP
5V3
CN77
DEVE CRUM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
24VS1
GND
TSEN_VCONT_1
TONER_CON_1
TSEN_VCONT_2
TONER_CON_2
TSEN_VCONT_3
TONER_CON_3
TSEN_VCONT_4
TONER_CON_4
5V3
EN_ERASER_123
EN_ERASER_4
GND
3.3V
SCL2_LPEC3
SDA2_LPEC3
GND
CN4
STEP MOTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B_STEP_EXIT
NB_STEP_EXIT
NA_STEP_EXIT
A_STEP_EXIT
B_STEP_DUPLEX
NB_STEP_DUPLEX
NA_STEP_DUPLEX
A_STEP_DUPLEX
CN38
MP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3.3V
GND
SENS_MP_EMPTY
24V4
MP_CLUTCH
24V4
MP_FEED_CLUTCH
SPK_P
SPK_M
CN37
FINISHER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
nDETECT_FINISHER
FINISHER_TXD
FINISHER_RXD
nRST_FINISHER
IF_FINISHER
3.3V
5V3
24V3
24V3
24V3
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
CN32
SCF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
(NC)
(NC)
GND
GND
GND
nCMD_REQ_SCF
SCF_RXD
nRST_SCF
3.3V_SCF
24V3
24V3
(NC)
(NC)
GND
GND
(NC)
IF_SCF
nBUSY_SCF
SCF_TXD
3.3V_SCF
GND
24V3
CN24
BLDC OPC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
BLDC_OPC_DIR
CLK_BLDC_OPC
nBLDC_OPC_READY
nBLDC_OPC_EN
5V3
BLDC_OPC_BRAKE
GND
GND
24VS1
24VS1
DMOT_T1_OUTA
DMOT_T1_OUTB
CN5
BLDC FUSER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BLDC_FUSER_DIR
CLK_FUSER_ITB
nBLDC_FUSER_READY
nBLDC_FUSER_EN
5V3
BLDC_FUSER_BRAKE
GND
GND
24VS2
24VS2
CN33
HVPS2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
GND
WASTE_FULL
GND
PWM_LSU_SIDE_FAN
READ_THV1_4(K)
READ_THV1_2(M)
GND
PWM_FUSER_BIAS
nEN_THV2
PWM_THV1_4(K)
PWM_THV1_2(M)
GND
24VS2
PWM_THV1_1(Y)
PWM_THV1_3(C)
PWM_THV2
PWM_SAWPLATE
5V_HVPS
READ_THV1_1(Y)
READ_THV1_3(C)
READ_THV2
SENS_FAN_LSU_SIDE
ON_WASTE_LED
5V3
CN25
HVPS1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
READ_MHV_4(K)
READ_MHV_2(M)
GND
PWM_DEV_DC_4(K)
PWM_DEV_DC_2(M)
PWM_MHV_4(K)
PWM_MHV_2(M)
GND
24VS2
PWM_AC_VPP_1(Y)
PWM_AC_VPP_2(M)
PWM_AC_VPP_3(C)
PWM_AC_VPP_4(K)
PWM_AC_1(Y)
PWM_AC_2(M)
PWM_AC_3(C)
PWM_AC_4(K)
nEN_AC_1(Y)
nEN_AC_2(M)
nEN_AC_3(C)
nEN_AC_4(K)
24VS2
GND
PWM_MHV_1(Y)
PWM_MHV_3(C)
PWM_DEV_DC_1(Y)
PWM_DEV_DC_3(C)
5V_HVPS
READ_MHV_1(Y)
READ_MHV_3(C)
CN27
FAN & FUSER & HUMI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
24V3
SENS_FAN_SMPS
PWM_SMPS_FAN
GND
EN_RELAY_AC
ZERO_CROSS
HEAT_FUSER2
HEAT_FUSER1
24VS2
OUT_TEMP
GND
HUMIDITY
5V3
C
N
1
2
M
A
IN
_
IF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
5
5
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
2
6
3
6
4
6
5
6
6
6
7
6
8
6
9
7
0
7
1
7
2
7
3
7
4
7
5
7
6
7
7
7
8
7
9
8
0
S
P
K
_
P
S
P
K
_
M
S
O
F
T
_
B
U
T
T
O
N
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
1
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
2
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
3
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
4
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
1
_
2
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
2
_
2
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
3
_
2
B
G
N
D
n
V
D
I_
4
_
2
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
1
_
1
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
2
_
1
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
3
_
1
B
G
N
D
V
C
L
K
_
4
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
1
_
1
B
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
2
_
1
B
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
3
_
1
B
n
L
S
Y
N
C
_
4
_
1
B
G
N
D
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
1
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
2
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
3
n
P
S
Y
N
C
_
4
G
N
D
n
P
R
IN
T
n
E
N
D
P
A
G
E
n
R
S
T
_
S
Y
S
T
E
M
G
N
D
V
B
U
S
_
E
N
G
D
N
_
E
N
G
D
P
_
E
N
G
G
N
D
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
G
N
D
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
1
G
N
D
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
G
N
D
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
5
V
2
G
N
D
5
V
3
5
V
3
n
R
E
A
D
Y
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
A
C
R
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
E
R
R
O
R
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
IN
T
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
E
X
IT
_
E
N
G
IN
E
n
P
R
IN
T
_
A
C
K
G
N
D
2
4
V
4
2
4
V
4
G
N
D
2
4
V
4
2
4
V
4
C
N
1
4
D
O
W
N
L
O
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
T
C
L
K
T
D
I
1
.8
V
3
.3
V
G
N
D
n
T
R
S
T
P
R
O
G
R
A
M
C
N
1
0
U
S
B
1 2 3 4
V
B
U
S
D
N
D
P
(D
P
U
L
L
U
P
)
G
N
D
C
N
9
P
A
N
E
L
1 2 3 4 5
G
N
D
5
V
3
P
A
N
E
L
_
T
X
D
n
R
S
T
_
P
A
N
E
L
P
A
N
E
L
_
R
X
D
C
N
1
1
D
E
B
U
G
1 2 3 4
3
.3
V
D
E
B
U
G
_
T
X
D
D
E
B
U
G
_
R
X
D
G
N
D
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
-Reflective
CN6
EXIT SENS
1
2
3
3.3V
GND
nSENS_P_EXIT
CN35
T1 ENGAGE SENS
1
2
3
3.3V
GND
nSENS_T1_ENGAGE
CN31
REGI SENS
1
2
3
GND
nSENS_REGI
5V3
CN1
EXIT
1
2
3
4
5
3.3V
GND
nSENS_OUTBIN_FULL
24V3
GATE_CLUTCH
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
THERMISTOR
1
2
3
4
5
ACR/CTD SEMSOR
1
2
3
4
5
ACR/CTD SEMSOR
1
2
3
4
5
ACR/CTD SEMSOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
1
2
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
1
2
SPEAKER
1
2
SWITCH
1
2
SWITCH
1
2
SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
THERMISTOR
1
2
THERMISTOR
1
2
3
PBA-F_CRUM
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BLDC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BLDC
1
2
DC MOTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BLDC
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
DC MOTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
DC MOTOR
1
2
THERMISTOR
1
2
3
4
STEP MOTOR
1
2
3
4
STEP MOTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
1
2
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
DC MOTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PBA-CASSETE
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
ELECTRIC-
CLUTCH
1
2
3
FAN
1
2
3
FAN
1
2
3
PHOTO
INTERRUPTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
FAN
1
2
3
4
HUMIDITY /
TEMPARATURE
SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BLDC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BLDC
1
2
DC MOTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
P
B
A
-
F
I
N
IS
H
E
R
_
IF
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
R
A
W
E
R
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
A
M
P
, 5
-2
9
2
1
7
8
-1
(s
e
e
S
C
F
p
a
rt fo
r m
o
re
in
fo
rm
a
tio
n
)
D
-S
U
B
7
5
0
1
S
-1
5
G
1
T
J11
J10
J9
J8
J7
J6
J5
J4
J3
J2
J1
J22
J21
J20
J19
J18
J17
J16
J15
J14
J13
J12
P
B
A
-
H
V
P
S
_
L
CN7
(ROSE , Magnolia
.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GND
GND
GND
24VS2
24VS2
5V3
PWM_FUSER_BIAS
PWM_DEV_DC_4
PWM_DEV_DC_2
PWM_DEV_DC_1
PWM_DEV_DC_3
PWM_SAWPLATE
1
2
3
PWM_LSU_SIDE_FAN
SENS_FAN_LSU_DISE
GND
1
2
3
4
GND
WASTE_FULL
ON_WASTE_LED
5V3
CN3
CN4
CN34 CN33
CN1
CN2
1
2
3
4
PBA-
WASTE_SENSOR
1
2
3
FAN
CN9
P
B
A
-
T
B
_
C
R
U
M
_
I
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(NC)
(NC)
GND
SCL
DATA
VCC
(NC)
(NC)
CN1 (CRUM Y)
CN2 (CRUM C)
CN3 (CRUM M)
CN4 (CRUM K)
1
2
ON_DMOT_TNR_1
EN_DMOT_TNR_1
CN5 (MOT Y)
1
2
ON_DMOT_TNR_2
EN_DMOT_TNR_2
CN6 (MOT M)
1
2
ON_DMOT_TNR_3
EN_DMOT_TNR_3
CN7 (MOT C)
1
2
ON_DMOT_TNR_4
EN_DMOT_TNR_4
CN8 (MOT K)
CN1
P
B
A
-IT
B
_
C
R
U
M
_
IF
CN11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TSEN_VCONT_1,2,3,4
24VS1
TONER_CON_1,2,3,4
GND
GND
SCL2_LPEC3
SDA_LPEC3
3.3V
CN12 (DEVE 1)
CN3 (DEVE 2)
CN4 (DEVE 3)
CN5 (DEVE 4)
1
2
5V3
EN_ERASER_123,4
CN7 (ERASER 1)
CN8 (ERASER 1)
CN9 (ERASER 1)
CN10 (ERASER 1)
P
B
A
-
D
E
V
E
_
C
R
U
M
_
IF
PBA-CLX8540_ENGINE
C
L
X
-
8
5
4
0
N
D
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
B
A
PBA-FDB
P
B
A
-
S
M
P
S
CN40
HVPS3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
GND
GND
GND
GND
24VS2
24VS2
5V_HVPS
PWM_FUSER_BIAS_N
PWM_FUSER_BIAS_P_S2
PWM_DEV_DC_4_S2
PWM_DEV_DC_2_S2
PWM_DEV_DC_1_S2
PWM_DEV_DC_3_S2
PWM_SAWPLATE_S2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN1
P
B
A
-
H
V
P
S
_
S
5.2.2 Engin controller
System diagram
Service Manual
5-8
Samsung Electronics
5.2.3 OPE unit
System diagram
Service Manual
5-9
Samsung Electronics
5.2.4 DADF
System diagram
Service Manual
5-10
Samsung Electronics
5.2.5 SCF/HCF
Reference information
Service Manual
6-1
Samsung Electronics
6. Reference information
This chapter contains the tools list, list of abbreviations used in this manual, and a guide to the location space
required when installing the printer. A defnition of test pages and Wireless Network information defnition is
also included.
6.1 Tool for troubleshooting
The following tools are recommended safe and easy troubleshooting as described in this service manual.
DVM (Digital Volt Meter)
Standard : Indicates more than 3 digits.
Driver
Standard : - type, + type (M3 long, M3 short, M2
long, M2 short).
Tweezers
Standard : For general home use, small type.
Cotton Swab
Standard : For general home use, for medical
service.
Cleaning Equipments
Standard : An IPA (Isopropyl Alcohol) dry wipe tissue
or a gentle neutral detergent and lint-free
cloth.
Vacuum Cleaner
Spring Hook
Standard : For general use
Software (Driver) installation CD ROM
Service Manual
6-2
Samsung Electronics
6.2 Acronyms and abbreviations
The table below explains abbreviations used in this service manual.
The contents of this service manual are declared with abbreviations in many parts. Please refer to the
table.
6.2.1 Acronyms
ABS Automatic Background Suppression(a
kind of copy feature)
APF Automatic Paper Feeder(Tray)
BOOTP BOOTSTRAP PROTOCOL
CCD Charged Coupled Device
CIS Contact Image Sensor
CPM Copies Per Minute
CP Control Panel(= OPE)
CQ Copy Quality
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
CRUM CRU Memory
CW Center Ware
CWDP Center Ware Device Discovery
Software(Samsung equivalent of
Samsungs SyncThru)
CWIS Center Ware Internet Services
DADF Duplex Auto Document Feeder
(= DADH)
DC Direct Connect
DDNS Dynamic Domain Name System
DHCP Dynamic Host Confguration Protocol
DLC Data Link Control
DNS Domain Name System
ECM Error Correction Mode
ECP Enhanced Capability Port
e-Coil Extended Coil technology for
Rapid(Fast) Fusing.
EH&S Samsung Environment, Health,
& Safty
ESMTP Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
EP Electro Photography
EPC Electric Pre-Collation
FCOT First Copy Out Time
FDI Foreign Device Interface
FIA Foreign Interface Attachment
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
FPOT First Print Out Time
GW GateWay
HH High Temperature, High Humidity
(Testing Chamber conditions)
HPVC Halftone Printing Video Controller in the
SPGPm (Graphic Processor for Copy)
IDC International Data Corp.
IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol
IPP Internet Printing Protocols
IPM Images Per Minutes
IPX Internetwork Packet Exchange
IQ Image Quality
ITU International Telecommunication Union
JBIG Joint Binary Image Group
(a kind of image data coding method)
JPEG Joint Photographic Expert Group
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LEF Long Edge Feeding
LL Low Temperature, Low Humidity
LPR/LPD Line Printer Daemon Protocols
(LPR is a TCP-based protocol)
LSU Laser Scanning Unit
LUI Local User Interface
MCBF Mean Copy Between Failure
MDSP Multiple Document Single Printout
MFP Multi-Functional Product
MH Modifed Huffman
Service Manual
6-3
Samsung Electronics
MIB Management Information Base
MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
MR Modifed Read
MMR Modifed and Modifed Read
MN std Multi-National Standard
MSOK Master SOK(System Operation Key)
MSO Mixed Size Original
MP Multi Purpose
MPBF Mean Print Between Failure
MSI Multi Sheet Input
MTBF Mean Time Between Failure
MTTR Mean Time To Repair
NCP Network Control Protocol
NIC Network Interface Card
NOS Network Operating System
NN Normal Temperature, Normal Humidity
NSDR Non-Shut Down Rate(=USDR)
NW Network
OD Optical Density
OHD On Hook Dial
OSOK Optional SOK(System Operation Key)
OP Operational Procedure
PCL Printer Control Language
PDF (Adobe) Portable Document Format
PPM Pages Per Minutes
PQ Print Quality
PS/3 PostScript Level-3
PVC Printing Video Controller in the
SPGPm(Graphic Processor for Printer)
QCD Quality, Cost, and Delivery
RCP Remote Control Panel
RT-OS Real Time Operating System
RX Receive
S2E Scan-To-Email
SAD Solid Area Density
SC Service Call
SCF Second Cassette Feeder
SDSP Single Document Single Printout
SDMP Single Document Multiple Printout
SDR Shut Down Rate
SEF Short Edge Feeding
SIR Sacrifed(or Standard) Image Reference
SOK System Operation Key
sRGB Standard RGB
(Color Coordinate System)
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
Protocol
TBC(or tbc) To Be Confrmed
TBD(or tbd) To Be Determined
TIFF (Adobe & Aldus) Tagged Image File
Format
TRIM Technical Retroft Interim Maintenance
TTM Time to Market
TX Transmit
UI User Interface
UMC Unit Manufacturing Cost
UMR Unscheduled Maintenance Ratio
UPnP Universal Plug and Play
USB Universal Serial Bus
USDR Un-Shut Down Rate(=NSDR)
XCMI Samsungs Management Information
Base
WA Warranty Action
W x D x H Width x Depth x Height
Service Manual
6-4
Samsung Electronics
ELA HOU-SCANNER ASSY ELA=Electrical Assembly, HOU =Housing
MEA UNIT-COVER PA EXIT ASSY MEA= Mechanical Assembly, PA=Paper
PMO-TRAY EXTENTION MP NE PMO= Processing Mold
MP=Multi-Purpose(Bypass) tray
NE=for NEC (common as Samsung Halk printer)
MEC-CASSETTE ASSY(LETTER) MEC = Mechanic Combined unit
COVER-M-FRONT M=Mold
MPR-NAME/PLATE MPR= Machinery Press,
UNIT-LSU LSU =Laser Scanning Unit
SMPS-SMPS(V1)+HVPS SMPS =Switching Mode Power Supply
HVPS =High Voltage Power Supply
ELA-OPC UNIT SET OPC=Organic Photo-Conductive
ELA HOU-MP ASSY MP =Multi-Purpose (Bypass) tray
PBA MAIN-MAIN PBA =Printed circuit Board Assembly
PMO-CONNECT PAPER MFP MFP =Multi-Functional Peripheral
FAN-DC DC =Direct Current
CBF POWER STITCH GRAY CBF= Cable Form
MEA UNIT GUIDE CST PA ASSY CST=Cassette(Paper tray), PA=Paper
PBA LIU PBA =Printed circuit Board Assembly
LIU =Line Interface Unit for FAX
SHIELD-P_MAIN LOWER P=Press
CBF HARNESS-LIU GND LIU =Line Interface Unit for FAX
GND= Ground
PMO-COVER FEED AY AY=Assembly
PMO-COVER BRKT MOTER BRKT=Bracket
CBF HARNESS-LSU LSU =Laser Scanning Unit
IPR-SHIELD SMPS UPPERI IPR=Iron Press
PMO-BUSHING P/U.MP P/U=Pickup
MP=Multi-Purpose (Bypass) Tray
PMO-HOLDER GEAR TRr TR= Transfer Roller
SPRING ETC-TR_L TR_L=Transfer Roller - Left
PMO-CAM JAM REMOVE PMO-CAM= Processing Mold-CAM
PMO-LOCKER DEVE DEVE=Developer
6.2.2 Service parts
ACRONYM EXPLANATION
Service Manual
6-5
Samsung Electronics
SPECIAL SCREW(PANNEL MFP) MFP =Multi-Functional Peripheral
A/S MATERAL-DUMMY UPPER ASSY A/S=After-Service
MCT-GLASS ADF MCT= Machinery Cutting
ADF=Automatic Document Feeder
PPR-REGISTRATION EDGE(F) PPR= Processing Press
IPR-HOLDER GLASSI PR=Iron Press
MCT-GLASS SCANNER(LEGAL) MCT= Machinery Cutting
CBF HARNESS-OPE OPE=Operation Panel(Control Panel)
PBA SUB-D_SUB PBA SUB-D_SUB =>Sub Printed circuit Board
Assembly for the D-SUB type electrical connector
(D-Sub) a kind of the connector type(shape D)
COVER-M-CCD CABLE M=Mold
CCD=Charge Coupled Device
COVER-SCAN LOWER(UMAX) UMAX=> Suppliers name for CCD module
ICT-INSERT SHAFTI ICT= Iron Cutting
IPR-BRK SCAN BD IPR=Iron Press
BRK=Bracket
BD= Board
CBF SIGNAL-CCD FFC CCD = Charge Coupled Device
FFC =Flexible Flat Cable
COVER-M-OPE M=Mold
OPE=Operation Panel(Control Panel)
KEY-M-COPY M=Mold
PLATE-M-ALPHA KEY M=Molde
ALPHA=Alphabet
PMO-GUIDE DP SIDE DP=Duplex
RING-CS CS= Compress
GEAR-MP/DUP DRV MP =Multi-Purpose (Bypass) tray
DUP DRV = Duplex Driver
IPR-BRKT G DUPI PR=Iron Press
BRKT=BRACKET
G= Ground
UP=Duplex
PMO-BUSHING TX(B4) TX=Transmit
PMO-TRAY CASE, MP MP=Multi-Purpose tray(Bypass tray)
ACRONYM EXPLANATION
Service Manual
6-6
Samsung Electronics
SPRING CS RE CS=Compress
RE=Rear
SPRING CS FR CS=Compress
FR=Front
PMO-BUSHING FINGER, F F=Front
ICT-SHAFT-EXIT LOWER ID ID=Idler
SPRING-EXIT ROLL FD FD=Face Down
PMO-BUSHING_P/U,MP P/U=Pickup
MP =Multi-Purpose (Bypass) tray
PMO-HOLDER CAM MPF MPF=Multi-Purpose Feeder(=MP)
PMO-GEAR P/U MPF P/U=Pickup
MFP =Multi-Functional Peripheral
RPR-RUBBER PICK UP,MP RPR=Rubber Press
PBA SUB-MP SEN PBA SUB-MP-SEN =>Sub Printed circuit Board
Assembly for the MP-SEN(= Multi-Purpose (Bypass)
tray-Sensor)
A/S MATERAL-PICKUP,MP
FOOT-ML80
HOLDER CATCH CST MC2 MC2=>McKInley2 (Samsung Project code name)
IPR-GROUND PLATE A(OPC) OPC=Organic Photo-Conductive
ELA M/M-AUD SPEAKER ELA M/M => Electrical Assembly M/M
AUD=Audio
CBF HARNESS-OPC GND OPC GNG=Organic Photo-Conductive-Ground
IPR-GROUND PLATE SCF SCF=Second Cassette Feeder(Tray2)
PBA SUB-PTL PBA SUB-PTL=>Sub Printed circuit Board Assembly
for the PTL(= Pre Transfer Lamp)
PBA SUB-FEED+P.EMP SEN. PBA SUB-FEED=>Sub Printed circuit Board
Assembly for the feeder
EMP SEN=Empty Sensor
MOTOR STEP-MCK2(MAIN)
GEAR-EXIT/U EXIT/U=EXIT/Upper
GEAR-RDCN FEED INNER RDCN=Reduction
CBF-HARNESS-MAIN-THV WIRE THV =Transfer High Voltage
CBF-HARNESS-MAIN-MHV WIRE MHV= High Voltage(Charge Voltage)
ACRONYM EXPLANATION
Service Manual
6-7
Samsung Electronics
GEAR-EXIT/U,ID U=Upper
ID=Idler
IPR-TERMINAL FU FU=Fuser
PMO-BEARING H/R-F H/R-F=Heat Roller - Front
BEARING-H/R L H/R-L=Heat Roller -Left
PEX-ROLLER EXIT F_UP PEX= Processing Extrude
F_UP=Face Up
SPRING ETC-P/R P/R=Pressure Roller
SPRING(R)-CAU-HOT-FU CAU-HOT-FU = Caution Hot -Fuser
PMO-ARM ACTUATOR PMO-ARM= Processing Mold Arm
LABEL(R)-HV FUSER HV=High Voltage (220V)
LABEL(R)-LV FUSER LV=Low Voltage (110V)
PPR-SPONG SHEET PPR=Plastic Press
IPR-P_PINCH(SCAN)I PR-P = Iron Press
ROLLER-REGI REGI=Registration
PBA SUB-REGI PBA SUB-REGI => Sub Printed circuit Board
Assembly for the Registration
GROUND-P_SCAN ROLLER GROUND-P =Ground-Press
IPR-GUARD C/O S/W C/O = Cover Open
S/W= Switch
MEA UNIT-TX STACKER TX =Transmit
IPR-WASHER SPRING CU CU=Curve
ACRONYM EXPLANATION
Service Manual
6-8
Samsung Electronics
6.3 A4 ISO 19798 standard pattern
This test page is reproduced at 70% of the normal A4 size.
Service Manual
6-9
Samsung Electronics
Service Manual
6-10
Samsung Electronics
Service Manual
6-11
Samsung Electronics
Service Manual
6-12
Samsung Electronics
Service Manual
6-13
Samsung Electronics
6.4 Model information
6.4.1 Understanding for model code
Model code is inscribed and managed by product standard operation.
If understand the standard operation. It will help to comprehend basic and derived model.
Classifcation Model abbriviation Feature/Properties
DIGIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example C L X - 8 3 8 5 N D
Defnition Product Classifcation Division
between
code
1. Speed of
Engine
- If same speed
models are
released
simultaneously
higher model is
added +1 at
speed code.
- If over 10 models
with same speed
are brought into,
tenth model is
added +1.
Copy Speed
(Default A4)

- If over 10 models
with same speed
are brought into,
tenth model is
added +1.
1. New
model,
series
Main feature description
- N : N/W
- P : PS
- S : N/W+PS
- B : Bluetooth
- T : 2nd CST
- M : Mac Compatible
- X : Scanner
Beside above feature
description, product
conception to product
planning group responsed
Code
Description
Printer
Class of
Product
Description
: C
Laser
Beginning
letter of
printer
X:Fax
Description Alphabet - Digit Alphabet
Service Manual
6-14
Samsung Electronics
6.4.2 Understanding material code & name
Material code and name are maintained by standard criteria.
Understanding the criteria are be helpful to order materials.
1. Two different description ways for material code. (
: Digit,
: Letter(Alphabet))
- Type 1
-

ex) 2007-007961 R-CHIP
- Type 2
-

ex)JB96-01268A ELA UNIT-COVER TOP
Type1 : Parts managed by entire divisions : Materials used by all samsung products.
Most electrical parts are under the type 1.
Type 2 : Parts managed by a division : Material used by a certain product
Most mechanical parts are under type 2.
2. A/S Only material : Only for A/S, not related to product manufacturing.
3. Assy material : More than two materials are assembled. If the material order is out of service, the order
can be processed by Assy material order.
Picture and numbers are also described on Service manual.
Assy Material and A/S Only material Code are recognizable by product name.
Those are under type 2 and known by material properties and beginning letters of product name.
Classifcation Material Code Material Name
A/S Only Material **81-******(JB81-00039A) AS-*****(AS-FUSE)
A/S Only Material **75-******(JB75-00068A) MEC-*****(MEC-CHUTE)
A/S Only Material **92-******(JB92-01131A) PBA-*****(PBA MAIN-CONTROLLER)
A/S Only Material **96-******(JB96-01268A) ELA-*****(ELA UNIT-COVER TOP)
A/S Only Material **97-******(JB97-01089A) MEA-*****(MEA UNIT-PULLEY IDLE)

8540 SM

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

8540 SM

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Service Manual

DIGITAL COLOR LASER MFP

Remove the Regi Clutch.

Você também pode gostar